sirius safety systems—safety integrated position switches

130
13/1 Control Circuit Components SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. Industrial Controls Catalog Contents Pages Safety & Position Switch Overview . . . . . . . . . . . .13/2–13/5 Safety Systems—Safety Switches The Need for Machine Safety Products . . . . . . .13/6–13/12 Glossary of Safety Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/13 Reference for Additional Information on Machine Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/14 3TK28 Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/15–13/22 3TK28 Solid State Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . .13/23–13/28 Starters with Integrated Safety . . . . . . . . . . . .13/29–13/33 Cable-operated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/34–13/39 Interlock Switches with Separate Actuator . . .13/40–13/47 Interlock Switches with Locking . . . . . . . . . . .13/48–13/54 Magnet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/55–13/59 Two-Hand Control on Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/60 Hinge Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/61–13/63 Switches with Integrated AS-Interface . . . . . .13/64–13/68 Position Switches 3SE International (IEC) Limit Switches Molded Plastic Enclosure, 31 mm & 50 mm Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/69–13/81 Molded Plastic Enclosure, 40 mm Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/82–13/84 Metal Enclosure, 40 mm and 56 mm Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/85–13/114 Open Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/99 Metal Enclosure with Molded Cable . . . . . .13/115–13/116 Positive Position Switches that display this symbol opening are suitable for use in safety applications. 3SE03 North American (NEMA) Limit Switches Modular, Plug-in Metal Housing . . . . . . . . . .13/117–13/119 NEMA type 6P Submersible, Prewired Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/120 NEMA type 6P Submersible, Prewired Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/121 Modular, Plug-in and NEMA 6P Submersible as Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/122 Levers for Plug-in and NEMA type 6P Submersible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/123–13/124 3SE03 North American Enclosed Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/129–13/130

Upload: angeljavier9

Post on 12-Jun-2015

1.160 views

Category:

Documents


5 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/00

13/1

Control Circuit ComponentsSIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Contents Pages

Safety & Position Switch Overview . . . . . . . . . . . .13/2–13/5

Safety Systems—Safety SwitchesThe Need for Machine Safety Products . . . . . . .13/6–13/12Glossary of Safety Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/13Reference for Additional Informationon Machine Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/143TK28 Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/15–13/223TK28 Solid State Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . .13/23–13/28Starters with Integrated Safety . . . . . . . . . . . .13/29–13/33Cable-operated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/34–13/39Interlock Switches with Separate Actuator . . .13/40–13/47Interlock Switches with Locking . . . . . . . . . . .13/48–13/54Magnet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/55–13/59Two-Hand Control on Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/60Hinge Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/61–13/63Switches with Integrated AS-Interface . . . . . .13/64–13/68

Position Switches3SE International (IEC) Limit SwitchesMolded Plastic Enclosure,31 mm & 50 mm Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/69–13/81Molded Plastic Enclosure,40 mm Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/82–13/84Metal Enclosure,40 mm and 56 mm Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/85–13/114Open Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/99Metal Enclosure with Molded Cable . . . . . .13/115–13/116

Positive Position Switches that display this symbolopening are suitable for use in safety applications.

3SE03 North American (NEMA) Limit SwitchesModular, Plug-in Metal Housing . . . . . . . . . .13/117–13/119NEMA type 6P Submersible,Prewired Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/120NEMA type 6P Submersible,Prewired Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/121Modular, Plug-in and NEMA 6PSubmersible as Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/122Levers for Plug-in and NEMAtype 6P Submersible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/123–13/1243SE03 North American Enclosed Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13/129–13/130

06IC13_001-006.qxd 2/3/06 7:20 PM Page 13/1

Page 2: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/2

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/0

3TK28 safety relays 3TK solid state safety relays Starters with integrated safety

For monitoring of EMERGENCY-STOP, protective doors and forpress controls using relays,single-channel or 2-channel

For monitoring of EMERGENCY-STOP and protective doors

3RA7 up to 22Afor mounting on rail systems

Page Page Page

Selection and ordering data13/20, 13/21 Selection and ordering data 13/26 Selection and ordering data13/31, 13/32• Accessories 13/21

Description 13/17 Description 13/17Overview 13/18 Overview 13/23 Overview 13/29Technical data 13/19 Technical data 13/24, 13/25 Technical data 13/30Dimension drawings 13/22 Dimension drawings 13/27, 13/28 Dimension drawings 13/33

Cable-operated switches, molded plastic and metal enclosures

Position switches with separate actuator, molded plastic and metal enclosures

Position switches with lock, molded plastic and metal enclosures

For cable lengths from 6 m to 2 x 50 m, for pulling from one or both ends, latching acc. to EN 418

Switch width 31 mm acc. to EN 50 047, switch width 40 mm acc. to EN 50 041, special width 52 mm

4 contacts

Page Page Page

Selection and ordering data 13/35 Selection and ordering data 13/4213/4313/44

Selection and ordering data 13/5013/5113/52

• Accessories 13/36

Description 13/34 Description 13/40 Description 13/48Overview 13/34 Overview 13/41 Overview 13/49Technical data 13/34 Technical data 13/42, 13/45 Technical data 13/53Dimension drawings 13/37 Dimension drawings 13/45, 13/47 Dimension drawings 13/54

3TK28 21–28 basic units,3TK28 30 expansion units,3TK28 34 + 35 press control units

3TK28 40 – 453TK28 50 – 57 with floating, positively-driven contacts

3RA7

3SE7 1 3SE 2120, 3SE. 200, 3SE 2243,3SE 2257, 3SE 3170

3SE3 7, 3SE3 8 3SE2 8

06IC13_001-006.qxd 2/3/06 5:24 PM Page 13/2

Page 3: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/3

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/1

Magnetic switches Hinge switches, molded plastic and metal enclosures

Two-hand operation consoles, press control units

Switching magnets, switchblocks and monitoring unitsfor safety functions

Enclosure acc. to EN 50 047 and EN 50 041

Control consoles with metal and molded plastic enclosures

Page Page Page

Selection and ordering data 13/57 Selection and ordering data 13/62 Selection and ordering data 13/60

Description 13/55 Description 13/61 Description 13/60Technical data 13/56 Technical data 13/61 Dimension drawings 13/60Connection examples 13/59 Travel 13/63Dimension drawings 13/58 Dimension drawings 13/63

Switches with integratedAS-Interface

Page

Selection and ordering data 13/65,13/66,13/67,13/68

Overview 13/64

3SE6 704-1BA

3SE6 605-3BA3SE6 704-3BA

3SE6 605-2BA

3SE6 704-2BA

3SE6 605-1BA

3SE2 2833SE2 2003SB38 6

3SF3 3SF2

06IC13_001-006.qxd 2/3/06 5:28 PM Page 13/3

Page 4: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/4

Other safety integrated components

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/2

8WA42, 8WA44Signal Columns –See Section 10

3SB EMERGENCY-STOPControl Devices –See Section 10

8WD53 Built-inSignal Beacons –See Section 10

AS-Interface:Safety at Work –See Section 14

3RH12 & 3RT10..-3MA0Safety Control Relaysand Contactors –See Section 2

3RT1 Contactors –See Section 2

3RV1 Motor StarterProtectors –See Section 1

3LD2 Rotary DisconnectSwitches –See Section 18

3RG78 Light Curtains, Light Barriers andOptical Safety Switch Strips –See Catalog FS10, Factory Automation Sensors

06IC13_001-006.qxd 2/20/06 6:59 PM Page 13/4

Page 5: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/5

Position Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/3

Position switches, molded plastic enclosure

Position switches, metal enclosure

Position switches, open type

Switch width 31 mm acc. to EN 50 047, switch width 40 mm acc. to EN 50 041 special width 50 mm

Switch width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041, special width 56 mm

2 or 3 contacts, switch width 30 mm

Page Page Page

Selection and ordering data13/71,13/82 Selection and ordering data 13/87 Selection and ordering data 13/99• Actuator heads 13/75, 13/83 • Actuator heads 13/95, 13/96• Accessories, spare parts 13/98 • Accessories, spare parts 13/98

99/31noitpircseD58/31noitpircseD96/31noitpircseDTechnical data 13/70 Technical data 13/86 Technical data 13/86Operation & travel 13/76, 13/84 Operation, travel 13/100 Operation & travel 13/99, 13/112Dimension drawings 13/81, 13/84 Dimension drawings 13/113 Dimension drawings 13/114

Position switches, metal enclosure, with molded cable

North American limit switches, modular, pre-wired, metal housing

North American enclosed limit switches

Compact switch, switch widths 30 and 40 mm

Switch width 39 mm

Page Page Page

Selection and ordering data 13/115 Selection and ordering data 13/119 Selection and ordering data 13/12913/130

• Actuator heads 13/122• Accessories, spare parts 13/122

321/31srotautcA•921/31noitpircseD711/31noitpircseD511/31noitpircseD

Technical data 13/115 Technical data 13/118 Technical data 13/130Operation & travel 13/115 Operation & travel 13/122 Operation & travel 13/129, 13/130Dimension drawings 13/116 Dimension drawings 13/126 Dimension drawings 13/129, 13/130

3SE2 20, 3SE2 21, 3SE2 23 3SE. 1, 3SE2 3, 3SE2 4 3SE3 020 3SE3 023

3SE3 160 3SE3 180Enclosed switch

06IC13_001-006.qxd 2/10/06 1:30 PM Page 13/5

Page 6: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/6

Why do you want to use machine safety products?Are you a global supplier?Are you aware of the Machinery Directive? The Machinery Directive was implemented in 1993 in the European market to harmonize the national standards and regulations of all of the European Communities. The definition of a machine according to the Machinery Di-rective is:"Machinery also means an assembly of ma-chines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole."Basically, the Machinery Directive defines the objectives of machine design in terms of the basic health and safety requirements mandatory for the safety of new machines so that they may be sold within the European Union. The manufacturer of a machine must prove that the basic requirements are ful-filled. The CE mark is the only marking which certifies that the industrial product conforms to the EU machinery directive. (See Figure 1.)

The key requirements of the EU are:• A file must be established containing the

technical construction of the machine.• The machinery’s compliance must be

certified with the technical requirements.• An instruction manual must be provided

with each machine.To obtain the requirements for the CE mark, the Machinery Directive describes the steps for the machine builder.Siemens’ SIRIUS safety devices have been specifically designed to meet and exceed the stringent safety requirements mandated by the European Machinery Directive 98/37/EC for machine safety.(For further explanation of the Machinery Di-rective and Standards, reference the SIE-MENS Safety Integrated Application Manual).The European Standards of CENa for the safety of machines are hierarchically struc-tured as follows:

What are the main CE-Standards according to Machine Safety?• Type A Standards: Fundamental safety

standards giving basic terminology and general design principles that can be applied to all machines.

• Type B Standards: Group safety standards dealing with one aspect or one type of safety related device that can be used across a wide range of machinery. Type B Standards are divided into higher level aspects (B1-Standards) and safety devices (B2-Standards).

• Type C Standards: Requirements regarding to a specific group of machinery

Type C Standards often include require-ments which, under certain circumstances, deviate from the Basic- and Group Standards. For the ma-chine OEM, type C Standards have the high-est priority.

Declaration of conformity / CE-Mark

Meetharmonized

EN-Standards?

Annex IV98/37/EC

Self-operative machine to in

optional

Verification(by notified body)

or certification

Certification

Mfr . documentation (self - certification )

acc . to Annex V

yesno

yesno

referred

CEN: European Committee for Standardization

Figure 1: Evaluation Process for Obtaining the CE Mark

The need for machine safety products in totalintegrated automation

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/04

06IC13_001-006.qxd 10/18/05 8:56 AM Page 13/6

Page 7: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/7

The need for machine safety products in totalintegrated automation

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/05

Type A standardsEN 292 Basic principles, general design principlesEN 1050 Risk assessmentEN 414 Rules for elaboration and presentation of safety standards

Type C standards

Type B1 standards Type B2 standards

EN 60204 Machines-electrical equipmentEN 954 Safety related parts of control systemsEN 294 Safety distances to prevent upper limbs from

reaching danger zonespr EN 811 Safety distances to prevent lower limbs from

reaching danger zonespr EN 999 Hand/arm speed – approach speeds of parts of

the human body for positioning protective de-vices

IEC/EN 61496-1 Electrosensitive protective equipmentgeneral requirements

IEC/pr EN 61496-2 Electrosensitive protective equipment-active optoelectronic area protective devices

EN 1760 Pressure-sensitive protective devicesEN 1088 Locking and interlocking devicesEN 418 Emergency stopping equipmentEN 574 Two-hand controlsIEC/EN 60947-5-1 Electromechanical control circuit devices

Cold working of metalspr EN 692 Mechanical pressespr En 693 Hydraulic pressesMachines for plastic and rubberpr EN 201 Injection presses, injection moulding machinespr EN 289 Compression and transfer pressespr EN 1114 Extrusion machines and extrusion linespr EN 1417 Two-cylinder mixerspr EN 422 Mould blowing machinesPackaging machinespr EN 415-2 Machines for pre-formed rigid packagingpr EN 415-3 Form, fill and seal machinespr EN 415-4 Palletizers, depalletizerspr EN 415-5 Wrapping machinespr EN 415-6 Machines to form collective packagingpr EN 415-7 Machines to ensure cohesion of load unitsGraphic and paper machinespr EN 1010 Graphic machinespr EN 1034 Paper machines

Machines for woodpr EN 691 Common requirementspr EN 859 Surfacing machines with manual feedpr EN 860 One-side planing machinespr EN 861 Surfacing and planing combined ma-

chinespr EN 1807 Bandsawspr EN 848 Milling machines with spindlepr En 940 Combined machinespr EN 1218 Tenoning machinesTanning machinespr EN 972 Reciprocating machine with rollerpr EN 1035 Machines with mobile tablespr EN 930 Carding, sandpapering, polishing and

milling machinespr EN 931 Assembling, folding, nailing machinesMiscellaneouspr EN 11553 Safety of laser machines for treatment of

slairetam EN 775 Safety of manipulating robotspr EN 1525 Industrial trucks without drivers and their

systems

06IC13_007-012.qxd 10/19/05 6:34 PM Page 13/7

Page 8: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/8

The need for machine safety products in totalintegrated automation

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/06

Are your customers requiring safety de-signs for their machines?Have you been asked or required to imple-ment safety in the design of new machines? With an increased concern for personnel safety and required legal standards, incor-porating safety has become a priority in the US market.There are many organizations that affect safety in the US. Two such bodies oversee-ing the "control reliability" of machinery in the United States are the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the Occupa-tional Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). ANSI is an association of industry representatives who, working together, de-velop safety and technical standards. OSHA is a government agency responsible for monitoring and regulating workplace safety. ANSI and OSHA have provided the following definitions for control reliability:"Control reliability" means that when a com-ponent, module, device or system failure oc-curs, such that it or a subsequent failure of another component, module, device or sys-tem would lead to the inability of the safety-related function(s) to respond to a normal stop command or an immediate stop com-mand, the safety-related function shall:• Prevent initiation of hazardous machine

motion (or situation) until the failure is corrected or until the control system is manually reset; or,

• Initiate an immediate stop command and prevent re-initiation of hazardous machine motion (or situation) until the failure is corrected or until the control system is manually reset; or,

• Prevent re-initiation of hazardous machine motion (or situation) at the next normal stop command until the failure is corrected or until the control system is manually reset. (ANSI B11.19 -- 2003, 6.1)

"The control system shall be constructed so that a failure within the system does not pre-vent the normal stopping action from being applied to the press when required but does prevent initiation of a successive stroke until the failure is corrected. The failure shall be detectable by a simple test, or indicated by a control system." (OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217)OSHA regulations and definitions for ma-chine safety can be found in OSHA 1910. ANSI standards for machine safety can be found in ANSI B11 series.

Where is safety used today?• Automotive Industry• Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard Mills• Packaging and Wrapping Industry• Machine Tooling• Molding and Power Presses• Robotic Work Cells• Automated Production Equipment• Pipe, Tube and Shape Bending Machines• Gear Cutting Machines• Metal Sawing Machines• Assembly Lines

Most common applications for safeguard-ing machines:• Emergency-STOP Circuit• Protected Doors or Gates• Sliding Edges• Access Protection• Perimeter Protection• Two-Hand Control

06IC13_007-012.qxd 10/20/05 5:42 PM Page 13/8

Page 9: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/9

The need for machine safety products in totalintegrated automation

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/07

Is increased safety for your personnel and equipment a priority?

As a result of their general design and functionality, machine and plants represent potential risks. Risk assessment is a sequence of steps which allows hazards caused by machines to be systematically investigated. Risk is a function of the severity of possible harm for the considered hazard and the probability of occurrence of that harm. The following Standards may be applied to assess risks:

EN 292 "Safety of machinery – Basic concepts, general principles for design." This standard mainly handles the risks to be evaluated and design principle to reduce risks.

EN 1050 "Safety of machinery – Principle for risk assessment." This standard basically handles the iterative process with risk assessment and risk reduction to achieve safety.

EN 954 "Safety related parts of control systems." This standard provides the safety requirements and guidance for the design of the safety related parts of control systems. It gives guidance on the specification, design process and validation including the selection of categories as reference points.

After following the risk assessment process (see Figure 2), a risk category or level of risk can be assigned. The requirements of the safety related parts of the control system are then determined from the risk category. Risk Assessment in America for machine tools is covered by the ANSI B11 TR3 part of the ANSI B11 series of technical reports and standards pertaining to the design, construction, care and use of machine tools. The ANSI B11 TR3 report defines a method of conducting a risk assessment and risk reduction for machine tools, provides some guidance in the selection of appropriate protective measures (safeguarding) to achieve tolerable risk, and describes the risk assessment and risk reduction responsibilities of both the machine tool supplier and user.

Risk Assessment in America for robotic applications is covered by the ANSI / RIA 15.06.

(Please refer to the SIEMENS Safety Integrated Application Handbook for furtherinformation regarding Risk Assessment).

S - Severity of the injury

F - Frequency and /or exposure timeto the hazardous condition

P - Possibility of avoiding the hazard

S1

S2

F1

F2

P1

P2

P2

P1

(slight, normally reversible injury)

(severe, normally irreversible injuryincluding death)

(seldom)

(frequent to continous)

(possible)

(scarcely possible)

(scarcely possible)

(possible)

relevant risk

Preferred categories for reference points

Possible categories requiring further stepsMeasures which can beoverdimensioned for the

::

:

Figure 2: Risk Assessment Acc. to EN954-1

Categories for safety relatedparts of control systems

06IC13_007-012.qxd 11/29/05 8:00 AM Page 13/9

Page 10: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/10

The need for machine safety products in totalintegrated automation

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/08

What makes a system safe?

Many components make up a safety system. A safety device may consist of a sensor or switch, which initiates the "safety condition." Switches or sensors used in safety circuits are control devices with high reliability. They interrupt the control circuit of the machine in order to create a safe condiiton.

Devices with "direct opening action" contacts are specified in circuits where the safety of machine operators and equipment depend on the opening of one or more contacts when actuated in safety situations. Devices meeting these requirements are marked with the symbol shown below and must be installed in circuits protected by a short-circuit protective device specified by the manufacturer. This will avoid welding of the contact in case of a fault condition.

Devices with "direct opening action" contacts:• Emergency-Stop Pushbuttons• Limit Switches, All Types • Rope-Pull Switches• Foot Switches

The term, positive opening operation, was previously used in the IEC and EN standard, but is now replaced by the term "direct opening action."

Redundancy is incorporated in the safety circuit to ensure safety functionality even if a failure disables one channel.

A safety relay unit performs fault detection and evaluation. It opens the circuit when it detects a failure. The feedback loop monitors the correct operation of the output device. In some safety circuits, a start sensor or switch is incorporated to reactivate the safety circuit. See example of the functionality of a safety circuit below. (See Figure 3.)

The overall safety category depends on the components used in the safety circuit as well as on the wiring and installation. Beside the relay units, sensors and contactors also may affect the overall safety category required for the whole circuit.

"Positive opening action" or "mechanical linked contacts" are requirements which are essential for machine safety products. Command devices as well as our SIRIUS contactors meet these requirements and can be used in any safety circuit up to Cat.4, acc. to EN954-1.

For correct wiring examples and usage of the components please refer to the wiring examples and the proper product instruction sheet.

Symbol for Direct Opening Action:

Figure 3: Principle of a Safety Circuit

06IC13_007-012.qxd 11/3/05 9:39 AM Page 13/10

Page 11: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/11

The need for machine safety products in totalintegrated automation

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/09

What is a “Category” and which impact does it have on the circuitry?

“Category” acc. to EN954-1 is a terminology very often used to express the requirements for a particular safety level. EN954-1 divides the safety levels into 5 Categories (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4) with B being the lowest and 4 the highest level.

All parts and devices, from the origin of the command ultimately down to the lockout or stop of the machine, have to at least meet the requirements of the selected Category.

With the increase of the Category, the degree of the failure detection rises. That entails additional effort in product functionality as well as in wiring.

The following table should give a brief overview of the requirements of each Category:

For safety circuits from Category 3 and higher, EN954-1 requires a redundant structure to avoid the loss of the safety function in case of a failure. This requirement of single fault detection does not mean that all faults will be detected. The accumulation of undetected faults still may lead to an unintended output signal. For Category 4 any single fault should be detected and will not lead to the loss of the safety function.

To meet the requirements acc. to EN954-1 redundancy shall affect every component of the safety circuit. • Two contactors or even two interlocking

switches, wired in series, should be used and connected to the safety relay unit.

• For Category 4 in addition one NC auxiliary contact from each of the two contactors should be integrated in the feedback loop. Without both of these NC contacts wired in series in the feedback loop, the safety circuit is reduced to a maximum Category 3 level.

• The two NC safety contacts for a Emergency-STOP pushbutton should be seperated within two contact blocks

• If manual restart is used the device should be monitored from the safety relay unit.

B

1

2

3

4K2

on K1K2K1

3TK283SB3

onK1

K1

3TK283SB3

onK2K1

3TK28

+-

3SB3

K13TK28

3SB3

M

M

M

M

M

K13SB3Possibility of loss of safety function after a

single fault

Possibility of loss ofsafety function after a

single fault

Possibility of loss of safety function if a fault

appears between 2 test circle

Safety functionmaintained in case of a

single fault.

Safety functionmaintained in case of

multiple faults

Equipment designedaccording to basic principlesintended to ensure reliability

Design based on wellestablished components and

principles

The integrity of the safety function is based upon a periodic

test. A failure should be detected at the following test circle

Accumulation of undetected and non-dangerous faults

may lead to the loss of the safety function

Same as Category 3, but accumulation of undetected faults never leads to the loss

of the safety function

Conventionalrelays

Safety relays;mechanically linked

contacts (direct topening; reliabilbility)

Safety relays;cyclical test

Safety relays;redundancy (dual

channel)

Safety relays;redundancy;

feedback loop;cross fault detection

CategoriesEN 954-1

Consequencesof faults

Requirements of thecontrol system

Circuitry examples (not contractual)

Techniques forcircuitry examples

Table 1: Categories Acc. to EN954-1

06IC13_007-012.qxd 10/18/05 9:29 PM Page 13/11

Page 12: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/12

The need for machine safety products in totalintegrated automation

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/010

What is the advantage in using SIRIUS in the complete safety application?

Machine Safety, not only because of the existing regulations, is a need in today’s world of total automation. Very often, Machine Safety is considered a separate application serviced only by specially trained personnel with detailed knowledge.

Siemens, as a worldwide solution provider, offers a complete range of standard control products. Safety Integrated, Machine Safety will be integrated within the standard automation process. Siemens strengths include:• Worldwide Certifications• Complete Product Lines• Global Support and Service• Technical Leadership• International Experience

Within our Siemens Safety Integrated product range we will provide the link between standard automation and machine safety.

When setting up a machine design, the potential risk should be determined and reduced to a tolerable level. The particular risk level, called "Category" in the EN954-1 Standard, always refers to the whole safety circuitry of the special part of the machine.

This includes safety related Sensors, Command Devices, Evaluation Units and Contactors. One single product can not meet the intended safety level and does not solve the problem.

Only the combination of correct risk determination, mechanical protection equipment, failsafe evaluation, correct wiring and reliable devices will provide the required solution. (See Figure 4.)

Safety Integrated products encompass:• a wide variety of applications• all levels of machine safety• latest requirements in standardization• electromechanical and optical sensors• complete line of safety relays• wiring and application examples• contactors and circuit breakers designed

for machine safety • applications

and will help your company shape a safer, more productive workplace by integrating machine safety into standard automation processes.

Figure 4: Complete Safety Circuit

06IC13_007-012.qxd 10/19/05 3:18 PM Page 13/12

Page 13: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/13

General Information

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/143

Glossary:

Access Time: The time taken to access the hazardous machine parts after the initiation of the stop command by the interlocking device, as calculated on the basis of an approach speed chosen for each particular case, taking into account the parameters listed in prEN999, Safety of machinery—The positioning of protective equipment with respect to approach speeds of parts of the human body.

Signaling Output: A non–safety related contact closure or semiconductor output primarily used for signaling component or system status to a PLC, audible alarm or visual indicator (such as a stack light). Also called an "auxiliary contact" or "auxiliary monitoring contact".

ANSI (American National Standards Institute): An association of industry representatives who, working together, develop safety and other technical standards.

BG (Berufgenossenschaft): An independent German insurance agency whose legislative arm recommends industry safety practices. One of many "notified bodies" authorized to certify that safety products comply with all relevant standards.

Category: A classification of the safety related parts of a control system with respect to its resistance to faults and its subsequent behavior in the fault condition, and which is achieved by the structural arrangement of the parts and/or by their reliability.

CE (Conformite Europeene) mark: A symbol (CE) applied to finished products and machinery indicating it meets all applicable European Directives. For electrical and electronic "finished products", such as a safety relay module, these include the Low Voltage Directive and, where relevant, the ElectromagneticCompatibility (EMC) Directive.

Coded-Safety Magnet Sensor: A two-piece position sensor consisting of an array of reed switches and a multiple magnet array-actuating element. Such devices will only deliver an output signal when the reed switch element is in the presence of a matched, multiple-magnetic field array. Coded- magnet sensors cannot be actuated using a simple magnet. Hence they are far more difficult to defeat/bypass than a simple magnetic switch or proximity sensor.

Control Reliability: The capability of the machine control system, the safeguarding, other control components and related interfacing to achieve a safe state in the event of a failure within their safety related functions.

Declaration of Conformity: A manufacturer's self-certified document, signed by a highly positioned technical manager, which lists all the Standards and Directives to which a product conforms. A Declaration of Conformity is mandatory for all CE-marked products, and for machine components which, if they fail, could lead to a dangerous or hazardous situation on a machine.

Dual-Channel Safety System: A safety control system characterized by two inputs—each connected to one of two independent safety circuits. Dual-channel systems are typically capable of detecting interconnection wiring faults such as open circuits, short-circuits and ground faults. As such they provide a higher level of safety than single-channel systems (see "Redundancy").

European Machinery Directive (EMD) 98/37/EC: A set of machine safety design requirements that must be satisfied to meet the Essential Health and Safety standards established by the European Economic Community. This Directive and other relevant European Directives (such as the Low Voltage Directive, EMC Directive, et al) must be satisfied for the machine to bear the CE mark.

Hazardous Area: An area of a machine or process that presents a potential hazard to personnel.

Monitoring: The checking of system components to detect a failure of a component, subassembly or module that affects the performance of the safety-related functions.

Muting: A temporary automatic suspension of a safety function by safety related parts of the control system.

Notified Body: An independent testing laboratory that a member state has determined to be qualified to perform testing and certification functions relating to specified EU Directives.

OSHA (Occupational Safety Health Administration): A U.S. Department of Labor Federal agency responsible for monitoring and regulating workplace safety. OSHA enforcement may reference their own regulations, as well as those of other industry standards-making groups (e.g. ANSI, NFPA, UL, et al).

Direct Opening Contacts:Normally closed (NC) contacts which, upon actuation, are forced to open by a non-resilient mechanical drive mechanism. Also called "positive-opening" contacts.

Positively-Driven Contacts:Normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) contacts which operate interdependently such that the NO and NC contacts can never be closed at the same time. They are designed such that if one of the contact welds/sticks closed, the other contacts cannot change state. The interdepen-dent operation between NO and NC contacts permits self-checking/ monitoring of the functioning of relays and contactors featuring positive-guided contacts. Hence they are desirable in machine safety circuits where "fail-to-safe" or "control reliability" is desired. Also called "Mechanically Linked" contacts.

Redundancy: The use of multiple means to perform the same function.

Safety Interlock Switch: A switch designed expressly to safely monitor the position of a machine barrier guard. Such switches typically feature positive-break contacts and are designed to be more tamper-resistant than conventional position/presence-sensing switches.

Safety Related Function(s):That portion of the control system or safeguarding device that either eliminates exposure to a hazardous situation or reduces exposure to a hazard or hazard-ous situation to a tolerable level.

Single-Channel Safety System: A safety control system characterized by one safety interlock switch whose normally-closed contact is the sole input to a safety relay module or controlling a motor contactor. Such systems are unable to detect a short circuit failure in the interconnection wiring and are only recommended for addressing Safety Categories B, 1 and 2 (see "Risk Assessment").

Tamper-Resistant: A term applied to safety interlock switches referring to their relative ability to be defeated or bypassed using simple, readily available means such as a screwdriver, paper clip, piece of tape or wire, etc. Switches and sensors designed expressly for use as machine guard safety interlocks are designed to be more "tamper-resistant" than conventional switches/sensors (e.g. proximity switches, reed switches, conventional limit switches).

Two-hand Control Device: An actuating control that requires the concurrent use of the operator’s hands to initiate or control machine motion during the hazardous portion of the machine cycle.

06IC13_013-018.qxd 10/20/05 5:05 PM Page 13/13

Page 14: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/14

Reference for additional information on machine safety:

ANSI gro.isna.www//:ptth)etutitsnI sdradnatS lanoitaN naciremA(

OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) http://www.osha.gov

NFPA gro.apfn.www//:ptth)noitaicossA noitcetorP eriF lanoitaN(

TUV moc.vut.su.www//:ptth.cnI .A.N fo dnalniehR

UL moc.lu.www//:ptth)seirotarobaL retirwrednU(

CSA (Canadian Standards Asso ac.asc.www//:ptth)noitaic

CCOHS (Canadian Center for Occupational Health and Safety) http://www.ccohs.ca

IEC hc.cei.www//:ptth)noissimmoC lacinhcetortcelE lanoitanretnI(

ISO (International Organization of Standardization) http://www.iso.com

NIOSH (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health) http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/homepage.html

NSC (National Safety C gro.csn.www//:ptth)licnuo

ASSE (American Society of Safe gro.essa.www//:ptth)sreenignE yt

RIA gro.scitobor//:ptth)noitaicossA seirtsudnI citoboR(

BG w//:ptth)netfahcsnessonegsfureb( ww.hvbg.de/e/pages/index.htm

BSI ku.gro.isb.www//:ptth)etutitsnI sdradnatS hsitirB(

CENELEC (European Committee for Standardization) http://www.cenorm.be

moc.sih.labolg.www//:ptthstnemucoD gnireenignE labolG

Siemens Web pages:

ytefas/ed.snemeis.www//:pttheporuE snemeiS

ytefas/moc.snemeis.asu.www//:ptthASU snemeiS

ac.snemeis.www//:ptthadanaC snemeiS

xm.moc.snemeis.www//:ptthocixeM snemeiS

General Information

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/144

06IC13_013-018.qxd 10/19/05 6:21 PM Page 13/14

Page 15: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/15

Configuration

Classification of a machine in categories acc. to EN 954-1European machinery directive 98/37/EG stipulates that every machine must comply with the applicable guidelines and stan-dards. Measures must be taken to keep the risk to persons below acceptable limits.

In the first step taken, a risk anal-ysis is conducted by the project engineer in accordance with EN 1050. For example,the ambi-ent conditions of the machine have to be considered. Then any overall risk must be evaluated. Risk evaluation must be per-formed in such a manner that the procedure and conclusions can be retraced. The dangers and

possible technical measures for reducing risk must also be spec-ified.Once the extent of the risks has been determined, the category according to which the safety circuits will be designed and im-plemented is specified with the aid of EN 954-1, "Safety-related parts of control systems".

This category defines the techni-cal requirements for the configu-ration of the safety equipment. There are five categories (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4), B (standing for basic category) being the category with the lowest risk and the one which also defines the minimum demands made on the control system.

Possible selection of the categories according to EN 954-1

Selection of the category

B, 1 to 4: Categories for parts of controllers with relevance for safety

Preferred categories for refer-ence points

Possible categories, which demand additional measuresMeasures that may be exces-sive with respect to the partic-ular risk

Summary of the requirements for categories acc. to EN 954-1

Starting point for risk assessment of the safety-related part of the control

S Severity of the injury F Frequency and/or duration of the exposure to danger

P Ability to avert the danger

S1 Minor (usually reversible) injury

F1 From rarely to often and/or short duration of exposure

P1 Possible under certain conditions

S2 Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death

F2 From frequently to constantly and/or long duration of exposure

P2 Hardly possible

Category 1) Summary of requirements System response 2) Principles for achieving safety

B The parts of controllers with relevance for safety and/or their protective devices as well as their components must be designed, constructed, selected, assembled and combined in accordance with the applicable standards in such a way that they can resist the expected external influences.

The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of the safety function.

Mainly characterised by the selection of components.

1 The requirements of B must be met.

Well-proven components and well-proven safety principles must be implemented.

The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of the safety function but the probability of it occurring is less than for Category B.

2 The requirements of B must be met and well-proven safety principles must be implemented.

The safety functions must be tested at regular intervals by the machine controller.

• The occurrence of a fault can result in loss of the safety function between tests.

• The loss of the safety function will be detected by the test.

Mainly characterised by the structure.

3 The requirements of B must be met and well-proven safety principles must be implemented.

Parts with relevance for safety must be implemented such that:

• A single fault in any of these components does not result in loss of the safety function.

• Whenever reasonably possible, the individual fault is detected.

• When the single fault occurs, the safety function is always maintained.

• Some but not all faults are detected.

• An accumulation of undetected faults may lead to loss of the safety function.

4 The requirements of B must be met and well-proven safety principles must be implemented.

Parts with relevance for safety must be implemented such that:

• A single fault in any of these components does not result in loss of the safety function.

• The individual fault is detected during or before the next activation of the safety function or, if this is not possible, an accumulation of faults will not result in loss of the safety function.

• When faults occur, the safety function is always maintained.

• The faults are detected early to prevent loss of the safety function.

1) The categories are not intended to be applied in a specific sequence or hi-erarchy with reference to the safety requirements.

2) The risk assessment will establish whether complete or partial loss of the safety function(s) due to faults is acceptable.

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/126

06IC13_013-018.qxd 11/29/05 8:16 PM Page 13/15

Page 16: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/16

Application

Standards for "Safety of ma-chines"• NFPA 79 "Electrical Standard

for Industrial Machinery"• ANSI B11.19 "Performance

Criteria for Safeguarding Machine Tools"

• ANSI B11 TR3 "Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction Associated with Machine Tools"

• EN 60204-1 "Electrical equipment of industrial machines"

• EN 418 "EMERGENCY-STOP equipment, functional aspects, basic design principals"

• EN 574 "Two-hand switching"• EN 954-1 "Safety-related parts

of controls"• EN 1050 "Guidelines for risk

assessment"• EN 1088 "Locking facilities in

combination with isolating protective devices"

• IEC 61508 "Functional safety of electrical/programmable solid-state safety related systems"

Stop categories

Potential dangers posed by a machine must be eliminated as quickly as possible.

As a rule, the "danger-free sta-tus" with respect to hazardous motions is standstill. All 3TK28 Safety Relays are de-energized in the event of danger or a fault, i. e. the machine drives are switched to standstill. The EN 60204 standard requires that every machine must be equipped with the Stop function of Category 0. Stop functions of Categories 1 and/or 2 must be implemented when this is neces-sary for the safety and/or func-tional requirements of the ma-chine.

There are 3 categories of Stop functions:• STOP Category 0:

Shutdown by immediate switch-off of the energy infeed to the machine drives.

• STOP Category 1: Controlled shutdown, whereby the energy infeed to the ma-chine drives is maintained dur-ing shutdown and is only switched off when standstill has been achieved.

• STOP Category 2: Controlled shutdown, whereby the energy infeed to the ma-chine drives is maintained.

The devices support autostart or monitored start depending on their versions.

Autostart

The device is active when the sensor circuit is closed. If the ON button is connected in the return circuit, this will not be monitored for crossover. Crossover moni-toring is not required by EN 954-1 for Categories B, 1, 2 and 3.

If an autostart device is used for Category 4 and EMERGENCY-STOP, the user must ensure that faults are prevented (e. g. by safe routing of the ON button lead) in the ON button circuit.

Monitored start

A safety relay is activated follow-ing power supply failure or safety-related shutdown by pressing the ON button.

For Category 4 in accordance with EN 954-1 it is necessary that the ON/feedback circuit is monitored for crossover.

The ON button must be operated after connecting the sensor lead.

Crossover protection

Crossover protection is the abil-ity of the safety relay to detect faults (e.g. through cable com-pression or ground faults) in the safety chain to be monitored and to suppress the enabling of the enabling circuits until the exter-nal fault has been rectified.

EMERGENCY-STOP

EMERGENCY-STOP devices must have priority over all other functions.

The energy infeed to the ma-chine drives that can cause dan-gerous situations must be switched off as quickly as possi-ble without causing any further danger. Resetting of the drives must not result in restarting of the equipment. EMERGENCY-STOP must either function as a Stop Category 0 or Stop Category 1.

Resetting of the command de-vice must only be possible as a result of a manual action on the command device. Resetting of the command device must not initiate a restart command. Re-starting of the machine must not be possible until all operated po-sitioning components have been reset deliberately and individu-ally by hand (EN 418 "Safety of machines, EMERGENCY-STOP equipment, functional aspects, design guidelines").

The basic units of the 3TK28 Safety Relay can be imple-mented for EMERGENCY-STOP applications up to Category 4 of EN 954-1. Category 3 or 4 of EN 954-1 can be achieved de-pending on the external circuit and routing of the sensor leads.

Protective door monitoring

EN 1088 distinguishes between interlocked, isolating protective devices and interlocked, iso-lating protective devices with locking.

3TK28 Safety Relays are also used in this case for EMER-GENCY-STOP applications. Control systems for up to category 4 of EN 954-1 are pos-sible.

Pressing and stamping

The two-hand control unit is a device that requires both hands of the operator to be used simul-taneously as a means of protect-ing the operator from danger.

The overtravel test apparatus is used with linearly driven presses (e. g. hydraulic, pneumatic and spindle presses) in accordance with VBG 7n5.2. It only tests once on the test stroke for:• Correct connection of the oper-

ation elements• External cable interruption• Any failure of the cyclically

monitored components

The overtravel test unit can only be implemented in conjunction with a two-hand control unit.

The press control units and the overtravel test units are suitable for installation in control systems for eccentric, hydraulic and screw presses. They can be used up to Category 4 of EN 954-1. Type III C acc. to EN 574 is possible specifically for presses.

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/127

06IC13_013-018.qxd 10/21/05 4:11 PM Page 13/16

Page 17: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/17

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/128

Construction

In the product series 3TK28 21 to 3TK28 27, 3TK28 30, 3TK28 34, 3TK28 35 press con-trol units, safety relays with posi-tively-driven contacts are used. This product series is character-ized by its space-saving width (22.5 mm + 45 mm).

Enabling contacts

Safety-related operation must be performed by safe output con-tacts, known as enabling con-tacts. Enabling contacts are al-ways NO contacts and switch off without delay.

Signaling contacts

An NC contact is used as the signaling contact, provided that a function with relevance for safety is not performed. An en-abling contact can also be used as a signaling contact. A signal-ing contact cannot be used as an enabling contact.

Delayed enabling contacts

Machine drives that overrun for a long time must be externally braked in the event of danger. For this purpose, the power sup-ply for electrical braking can be maintained (Stop Category 1 acc. to EN 60 204-1).

3TK28 basic units have off-delay enabling contacts in addition to instantaneous enabling con-tacts. Time delays of between 0.5 and 300 s are available with the different versions. A 3RP19 02 sealable covering cap (see Selection and Ordering Data, Accessories) can be fitted to protect against unauthorized adjustment of the set delay time.

Expansion units

If the number of enabling con-tacts of the basic unit are inade-quate, expansion units can be used. Expansion units provide either 4 (relay) or 7 (solid state) enabling contacts depending on the version selected. Up to six 3TK2830 relay expansion units can be connected to one 3TK282 safety relay base unit or one 3TK283 press control unit. Also, up to six 3TK2856 or 3TK2857 solid state expansion units can be connected to one 3TK284 solid state safety relay base unit or one 3TK285 solid state with contactor relay base unit.

Expansion units are not allowed to be operated separately in safety-related switching circuits; they must be combined with a basic unit. An enabling contact of the basic unit is required for connecting an expansion unit. The category of a control system with expansion unit corresponds to that of the basic unit.

Solid-state safety relays

The European foreword of EN 60204-1, Edition 11/98 per-mits safe solid-state solutions for safety tasks in addition to the generally applicable switching elements with contacts. This is conditional on the resulting de-gree of safety being as high as that met by the devices using contacts. The solid-state safety relays comply with Categories up to 4 according to EN 954-1 and SIL 3 (Safety Integrity Level) according to IEC 61508.

Description of functions

For internal circuit diagrams, see page 13/23.• The internal circuit is con-

structed with redundancy and diversity. The processors mon-itor each other dynamically.

• The output drivers are also re-dundant and diverse and are monitored by a cyclic self-test.

• All sensor signals are dynami-cally tested, so faults can be detected on the sensors, wires (crossovers), etc.

• The field-effect transistor (FET) is activated by both proces-sors. The output driver must be activated simultaneously by one of the two processors. Only then is the voltage con-nected safely from power sup-ply terminal A1 to output termi-nals 14 + 24.

• All solid-state switches (FET + output driver) are dynamically monitored by the processors.

• The required functionality (1-channel or 2-channel), moni-tored start or autostart, EMER-GENCY-STOP, protective door and cascading is set by means of bridges at the connection terminals.

Solid-state safety relays with floating, positively-driven enable contacts

With these devices, solid-state safety combinations are con-nected with contactor relays. The combination is supplied as a complete self-contained unit, fully wired and tested for snap-ping onto a standard rail. This unit combines the advantages of a solid-state safety combination and those of contactor relays with positively-driven contacts in a single device. Approvals and certificates have been awarded by the appropriate authorities.

Installation

For snap-on mounting on a stan-dard mounting rail acc. to EN 50 022. Screw mounting is also possible for the devices by means of 2 additional 3RP19 03 plug-in tabs.

Application manual

If you would like more informa-tion, please request the applica-tion manual "Safety Integrated: The Safety System for the Indus-tries of the World". Important in-formation on safety standards and regulations is provided here. You can select the right systems and products for use in modern safety installations from the complete, totally integrated safety concept "Safety Inte-grated", ranging from• Safety Integrated (command

devices and signalling de-vices, electromagnetic switches, light beams, laser scanners, safety combina-tions, safe load feeders, dis-tributed load feeders, AS-i Safety at Work),

• The fail-safe SIMATIC PLC• SINUMERIK Safety Integrated

or SIMODRIVEthrough to• Applications• Typical circuit diagrams, fail-

safe communication via stan-dard field buses.

06IC13_013-018.qxd 11/3/05 10:55 AM Page 13/17

Page 18: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/18

Overview

The safety pilot for safety relays with contacts guides you quickly to the right device

Type 1-channel connection

2-channel connection

Crossover protection

Category acc. to EN 954-1 4)

EMER-GENCY-STOP

Protective door

Enablingcontacts

Signal.contacts

Autostart Monitored start

B 1 2 3 4

Basic units3TK28 21 6) – 3 NO 1 NC –3TK28 22 – 1) 2 NO – –3TK28 23 – 2 NO – –3TK28 24 6) – 2 NO – –3TK28 25 3 NO 2 NC3TK28 27 }

2) 2 NO + 2 NO, delayed

1 NC –

3TK28 28 }2) 2 NO +

2 NO, delayed

1 NC –

Expansion units 3)3TK28 30 – – – – – 4 NO – – –

Press control units 5)3TK28 34 – – – 2 NO +

2 NC– – –

3TK28 35 – – – – – 3 NO + 1 NC

– – –

= available} = available, at additional cost– = not available

1) The ON button is not monitored.2) Only possible for instantaneous enabling contacts.3) The category acc. to EN 954-1 is identical to that of the basic unit.4) The maximum achievable category acc. to EN 954-1 is dependent on the

external connection, the choice of sensors and the physical arrangement on the machine. Compliance with the standards and regulations for safety at the machine is essential.

5) The overtravel test unit can only be used in conjunction with the two-hand control unit.

6) These devices support attainment of category 3 in accordance with DIN EN 954-1. Depending on the hazardous assessment, additional measures in the sensor circuit (e.g. protected routing) may be required.

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/129

06IC13_013-018.qxd 2/20/06 6:43 PM Page 13/18

Page 19: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/19

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/132

Technical data

Type 3TK28 21 3TK28 22 3TK28 23 3TK28 24 3TK28 30 3TK28 25 3TK28 27, 3TK28 34 3TK28 353TK28 28

Specifications EN 60 204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1), EN 954-1, EN ISO 12100 Also EN 574

Test certificates BG, SUVA, UL, CSA

Category acc. to EN 954-1,resp. EN 574

2–

4–

4–

2–

as basic unit

4–

4 2)–

4,type III C

as basic unit

Mechanical endurance 10 million operating cycles

Electrical endurance at Ie 100 000 operating cycles

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 300Pollution degree 3Overvoltage category acc. to DIN VDE 0110 III

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 4

Permissible ambient temperature• in operation °C –25 to +60 (suitable for butt-mounting; 70 °C possible with restrictions)• when stored °C –40 to +80

Degree of protection acc. to EN 60 529 IP 40 enclosure, IP 20 terminals IP 20 enclosure & terminals

Shock hazard protection acc. to VDE 0106 safe from touch

Rated powerDC-/AC operation at 1.0 × Us W 1.5 3 4 3

Operating range• AC operation 0.85 to 1.1 × Us 0.85 to 1.1 × Us• DC operation 0.85 to 1.2 ×Us 0.85 to 1.1 × Us

Operating frequency 1000/h at current IeShock resistance, semi-sinus. to IEC 60 068 8 g/10 ms

Short-circuit protection(weld-free protection at Ik = 1 kA) 4) Fusible links NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE: 6 A

Operational class gL/gG 6 A (slow), quick 10 A3)

Rated operational currentacc. to IEC 60 947

• conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 5 6 5 6 5

• Ie / AC-15 at 115 V A 5 6 5 /2 5) 6 5 /2 6)at 230 V A 5 6 5 /2 5) 6 5 /2 6)

• Ie / DC-13 at 24 V A 5 6 5 /2 5) 6 5 /2 6)

Conventional thermal current Ithwith 2 to 4 enabling contacts

• at UT 70 °C A 5 A 4 A 5 A 4 A• at UT 60 °C A 6 A 5 A 6 A 5 A• at UT 50 °C A 6 A 5 A 6 A 5 A

Response time ms 309) 100 50

• monitored start ms – – 30 – – 25 80 – –• autostart ms 200 7) 100 – 200 7) 8) – 150 80 – –

Release time ms 20 50

• for EMERGENCY-STOP ms 200 80 20 200 – 25 25 – –• for supply failure ms 200 100 150 200 2510) 350 100 – –

Recovery time 250 250

• for EMERGENCY-STOP ms 200 200 400 200 – 200 after delay – –• for supply failure ms 200 200 600 200 100 500 1 s – –

Bridging of supply failures ms 60 30 80 60 35 100 30 40 40

Minimum command duration

• EMERGENCY-STOP ms 200 25 25 200 8) – 25 25 – –• ON button ms 150 40 25 150 8) – 25 25 – –

Simultaneity ms 500

Conductor cross-sections

Screw terminals

• finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 x (0.5 to 1.5), 1 x (0.5 to 2.5)• solid mm2 2 × (0.5 to 2.5), 1 × (0.5 to 4)

• tightening torque, M 3.5 screw Nm 0.8 to 1.2

Spring loaded (1 or 2 wires)

• solid mm2 2 × (0.25 to 1.5)• finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 to 1.0)• finely stranded without end-sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 to 1.5)

• AWG wires, solid or stranded 2 × AWG 24 to 16

Permissible mounting position any

2 3 4

4 A 3,5 A 3 A4,5 A 4 A 3,5 A5 A 4,5 A 4 A

1) Possible if external measures are implemented. This information is applicable provided that the wires and sensors are reliably connected and mechanically protected. See operating instructions and applications manual.

2) Only applicable to the instantaneous enabling contacts; category 3 applies for time-delay enabling contacts.

3) Signalling circuit for 3TK28 21 = 6 A.4) Other fuses on request.5) Instantaneous/time-delay enabling contacts.

6) 2 A applied to enabl. cont. 13/14.7) With AC 24 V: 300 ms.8) With AC 115 V, 230 V: 300 ms.9) With AC 115, 230 V: 200 ms.10) With AC 115, 230 V: 80 ms.

06IC13_019-024.qxd 11/8/05 6:40 PM Page 13/19

Page 20: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/20

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Relays

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/130

Selection and ordering data

Rated control supply voltages US DC 24 V and AC 50/60 Hz, 24, 115, 230 V

Enabling contacts

Signal.contacts

Achievable category

Rated control supplyvoltage US

Widthmm

With screw terminals With spring loaded terminals

acc. to EN 954-1

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

Order No. List Price $

Weightapprox.

Preferred type 1 unit kg Preferred type 1 unit kg

Basic units for EMERGENCY-STOP and protective doors2)

3TK28 21 to 3TK28 24, screw terminals

Autostart

3 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2 3) AC/DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 21-1CB30 159.00 0.276 3TK28 21-2CB30 166.00 0.246

2 NO – B, 1, 2, 3, 4 AC/DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 22-1CB30 163.00 0.271 3TK28 22-2CB30 170.00 0.250

Monitored start

2 NO – B, 1, 2, 3, 4 AC/DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 23-1CB30 163.00 0.271 3TK28 23-2CB30 170.00 0.247

Autostart

2 NO – B, 1, 2 3) AC/DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 24-1CB30 140.00 0.254 3TK28 24-2CB30 145.00 0.230

2 NO – B, 1, 2 3) DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 24-1BB40 131.00 0.249 3TK28 24-2BB40 138.00 0.228

2 NO – B, 1, 2 3) AC 115 V 22.5 3TK28 24-1AJ20 144.00 0.294 3TK28 24-2AJ20 151.00 0.265

2 NO – B, 1, 2 3) AC 230 V 22.5 3TK28 24-1AL20 144.00 0.288 3TK28 24-2AL20 151.00 0.270

3TK28 25, screw terminals

Autostart/monitored start

3 NO 2 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 DC 24 V 45 3TK28 25-1BB40 232.00 0.423 3TK28 25-2BB40 239.00 0.374

3 NO 2 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 AC 24 V 45 3TK28 25-1AB20 232.00 0.421 3TK28 25-2AB20 239.00 0.375

3 NO 2 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 AC 115 V 45 3TK28 25-1AJ20 232.00 0.519 3TK28 25-2AJ20 239.00 0.472

3 NO 2 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 AC 230 V 45 3TK28 25-1AL20 232.00 0.516 3TK28 25-2AL20 239.00 0.475

Monitored start

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) DC 24 V 45 3TK28 27-1BB40 323.00 0.497 3TK28 27-2BB40 334.00 0.455

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 24 V 45 3TK28 27-1AB20 323.00 0.496 3TK28 27-2AB20 334.00 0.454

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 115 V 45 3TK28 27-1AJ20 334.00 0.650 3TK28 27-2AJ20 345.00 0.606

3TK28 27 and 3TK28 28, screw terminals

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 230 V 45 3TK28 27-1AL20 334.00 0.650 3TK28 27-2AL20 345.00 0.604

off-delay, tv 0.5 - 30 s

Monitored start

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) DC 24 V 45 3TK28 27-1BB41 323.00 0.495 3TK28 27-2BB41 334.00 0.454

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 24 V 45 3TK28 27-1AB21 323.00 0.499 3TK28 27-2AB21 334.00 0.454

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 115 V 45 3TK28 27-1AJ21 334.00 0.650 3TK28 27-2AJ21 345.00 0.240

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 230 V 45 3TK28 27-1AL21 334.00 0.650 3TK28 27-2AL21 345.00 0.605

off-delay, tv 0.05 - 3 s

Autostart

3TK28 21, with spring loaded terminals

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) DC 24 V 45 3TK28 28-1BB40 323.00 0.496 3TK28 28-2BB40 334.00 0.457

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 24 V 45 3TK28 28-1AB20 323.00 0.500 3TK28 28-2AB20 334.00 0.468

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 115 V 45 3TK28 28-1AJ20 334.00 0.650 3TK28 28-2AJ20 345.00 0.609

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 230 V 45 3TK28 28-1AL20 334.00 0.650 3TK28 28-2AL20 345.00 0.612

off-delay, tv 0.5 - 30 s

Autostart

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) DC 24 V 45 3TK28 28-1BB41 323.00 0.499 3TK28 28-2BB41 334.00 0.450

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 24 V 45 3TK28 28-1AB21 323.00 0.501 3TK28 28-2AB21 334.00 0.545

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 115 V 45 3TK28 28-1AJ21 334.00 0.657 3TK28 28-2AJ21 345.00 0.240

2 NO + 2 NO 1 NC B, 1, 2, 3, 4 1) AC 230 V 45 3TK28 28-1AL21 334.00 0.650 3TK28 28-2AL21 345.00 0.608

off-delay, tv 0.05 - 3 s

1) Only applicable to the instantaneous enabling contacts.2) For dimension drawings see page 13/22.

3) These devices support attainment of category 3 in accordance with DIN EN 954-1. Depending on the hazardous assessment, additional measures in the sensor circuit (e.g. protected routing) may be required.

06IC13_019-024.qxd 2/18/06 1:37 PM Page 13/20

Page 21: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/21

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Relays

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/131

Selection and ordering data

Rated control supply voltages US DC 24 V and AC 50/60 Hz, 24, 115, 230 V

Accessories

Enablingcontacts 1)

Signal.contacts

Achievablecategory 2)

Ratedcontrol supplyvoltage US

Widthmm

With screw terminals With spring loaded terminals

acc. to EN 954-1

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

Preferred type 1 unit kg Preferred type 1 unit kg

Expansion units 5)

3TK28 30 To increase the number of contacts of the safety relays

(for connecting to the basic unit, 1 enabling contact of the basic unit is required for connection)4 NO4 NO4 NO

– 3)– 3)– 3)

as basic unitas basic unitas basic unit

AC/DC 24 VAC 115 VAC 230 V

22.522.522.5

3TK28 30-1CB30

3TK28 30-1AJ20

3TK28 30-1AL20

175.00

175.00

175.00

0.2670.3060.306

3TK28 30-2CB30

3TK28 30-2AJ20

3TK28 30-2AL20

182.00

182.00

182.00

0.2440.2760.276

Press control units 5)

3TK28 34, 3TK28 35, screw terminal

For use in presses and stamping machines

Two-hand control unit, two-channel2 NO 2 NC 4 DC 24 V 45 3TK28 34-1BB40 364.00 0.432 3TK28 34-2BB40 375.00 0.3832 NO 2 NC 4 AC 24 V 45 3TK28 34-1AB20 364.00 0.424 3TK28 34-2AB20 375.00 0.3762 NO 2 NC 4 AC 115 V 45 3TK28 34-1AJ20 364.00 0.519 3TK28 34-2AJ20 375.00 0.4722 NO 2 NC 4 AC 230 V 45 3TK28 34-1AL20 364.00 0.519 3TK28 34-2AL20 375.00 0.472Overtravel test unit 4)3 NO 1 NC 4 DC 24 V 45 3TK28 35-1BB40 431.00 0.495 3TK28 35-2BB40 442.00 0.4543 NO 1 NC 4 AC 24 V 45 3TK28 35-1AB20 431.00 0.476 3TK28 35-2AB20 442.00 0.4543 NO 1 NC 4 AC 115 V 45 3TK28 35-1AJ20 431.00 0.572 3TK28 35-2AJ20 442.00 0.051

Order No. List Price $ Weightapprox.

Packing

Preferred type 1 packing kgSealable cap

to secure against unauthorized adjustment, for 3TK28 27 and 3TK28 28 devices

3RP19 02 18.00 0.004 5 units

Push-in lugs for screw mounting

for 3TK28 21 to 3TK28 57 (1 set = 2 units)3RP19 03 1.40 0.002 5 sets

1) Enabling contacts are contacts of relevance to safety, which can also be used for signalling purposes.

2) The maximum achievable category acc. to EN 954-1 is the category of the basic unit. The category also depends on the external circuit, the command device selected and their location on the machine. Compliance with the standards and regulations for safety at the machine is essential.

3) Return circuit with NC contact 51 + 52.4) The 3TK28 35 overtravel test unit can only be used in conjunction with the

3TK28 34 two-hand control unit.5) For dimension drawings see page 13/22.6) Discount Code:SIRIUS Relays & Timers.

6)

6)

06IC13_019-024.qxd 2/18/06 1:37 PM Page 13/21

Page 22: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/22

Dimension drawings 1)

3TK28 safety relays with screw terminals3TK28 21 to 3TK28 24, 3TK28 30 3TK28 25, 3TK28 27, 3TK28 28, 3TK28 34, 3TK28 35

3TK28 safety relays with Spring Loaded terminals3TK28 21 to 3TK28 24, 3TK28 30 3TK28 25, 3TK28 27, 3TK28 28, 3TK28 34, 3TK28 35

1) For 35 mm standard rail acc. to EN 50 022. 2) Dimension for screw mounting. Screw mounting with 2 plug-in tabs 3RP19 03 per 3TK28 unit.

2)

2)

2)

3TK28 safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/137

06IC13_019-024.qxd 11/8/05 6:43 PM Page 13/22

Page 23: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/23

3TK28 solid-state safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/133

Overview

The SIGUARD safety pilot for solid-state device variants guides you quickly to the right device

= available– = not available

= corresponds to basic unit

1) at U = 230 V.

2) at U = 24 V.

3) The outputs are only safe in con-junction with an external contac-tor.

4) An enabling circuit can be used as a signalling circuit.

Circuit diagram

Type Conductor Autostart Monitored start

EMER-GENCY-STOP

Protective door

Solid-statesensors

Cascadeinput

Safety mat Category acc. to EN 954-1

4321BV 42 CDlennahc-2lennahc-13TK28 40 – – – –3TK28 41 13TK28 42 13TK28 45 1

3TK28 50 – – – –3TK28 51 – – – –3TK28 52 – – – –3TK28 53 13TK28 56 – – – – – – – 1 –3TK28 57 – – – – – – – 1 –

Type Enabling circuit, floating

Enabling circuit, solid-state

Signal.circuit 4)

Mak./break. cap. Rated operational voltage Rated control supply voltage

Control inputs

Stopcateg. 0

Stopcateg. 1

Stopcateg. 0

Stop categ. 1

AC-15 1) DC-13 2) DC 24 V

AC230 V

AC600 V

DC24 V

AC115 V

AC230 V

DC24 V

3TK28 40 – – 2 3) – – – 0.5 A – – – – –3TK28 41 – – 2 – – – 1.5 A – – – – –3TK28 42 – – 1 1 – – 1.5 A – – – – –3TK28 45 1 1 1 1 – 2 A 1.5 A – – – –

3TK28 50 3 – – – – 6 A 10 A –3TK28 51 2 – – – 1 NC 6 A 10 A –3TK28 52 6 – – – 1 NC 6 A 10 A –3TK28 53 3 – 1 – – 6 A 10 A – – 13TK28 56 6 – 1 – 1 NC 6 A 10 A – – 13TK28 57 – 3 1 – – 6 A 10 A – – 1

Y11 Y12 Y35 Y21 Y22 Y32 Y34 A1

42412A

µC1 µC2

FET

NS

C 0

0606

1

Output driver

06IC13_019-024.qxd 2/18/06 1:38 PM Page 13/23

Page 24: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/24

Technical data

1) 1 enabling contact, instanta-neous, floating, up to 230 V, 1.5 A. 1 enabling contact, instantaneous DC 24 V, 1.5 A, source output. 1 enabling contact, delayed, float-ing, up to 230 V, 1.5 A. 1 enabling contact, delayed DC 24 V, 1.5 A, source-sink output.

2) For relay outputs, use a fuse link: NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE: 6 A (weld-free protection at IK = 1 kA).

3) When the cascading input is sup-plied from A1, the maximum re-sponse time is applicable to an external EMERGENCY STOP.

4) The drivers are not supplied, inter-nal supply bridging only. SELV/PELV power section buffered.

5) Response time 20 ms also for ex-ternal EMERGENCY STOP (cas-cading input).

6) Electrical equipment for furnaces. Certificate acc. to VDE 0116 for 3TK28 41 and 3TK28 42 only.

7) For instaneous output.

Type 3TK28 40 3TK28 41 3TK28 42 3TK28 45 1)

Specifications EN 60 204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1) EN 954-1, IEC 61 508, VDE 0116 6), EN ISO 12100

Category acc. to EN 954-1 3 4 4 4

Test certificates TÜV, UL, CSA

Electrical endurance unlimited, due to solid-state switching

Rated insulation voltage UiVtiucric lortnoc rof• 50 50 50 50Vstuptuo rof• 50 50 50 50 / 300

Rated impulse withstand voltage UimpVtiucric lortnoc rof• 500 500 500 500Vstuptuo rof• 500 500 500 500 / 2000

Permissible ambient temperatureC°noitarepo ni• –25 to +60C°derots nehw• –40 to +80

Degree of protection to EN 60 259 IP 40 enclosure, IP 20 terminals

Shock hazard protection to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100 safe from touch

Operating range• AC operation –• DC operation 0.9 to 1.15 × Us

Operating frequency zin operating cycles/h at rated operation 1/h 3000

Shock resistance• Sinewave g/ms 8/10 and 15/5

Short-circuit protection(weld-free protection at IK = 1 kA)

Short-circuit current resistant Short-circuit current resistant 2)

Rated operational currentacc. to IEC 60 947-5-1

• Ie AV 511 ta51-CA/ – – – 2

at 230 V A – – – –

• Ie AV 42 ta31-CD/ 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

Response time

smtrats derotinoM• 125 60 60 60smtratsotuA• 250 60 60 60

Release time

smPOTS-YCNEGREME rof• 30 45 45 7) / 0.5 to 300 s 45 7) /0.05 to 30 ssmeruliaf ylppus rof• 25 100 3) 100 3) 100

Recovery time

smPOTS-YCNEGREME rof• 20 400 400 400seruliaf ylppus rof• 0.02 max. 7 max. 7 max. 7

Bridging of supply failures ms 25 4) 25 3) 4) 25 3) 4) 25 4)

Minimum command duration

smPOTS-YCNEGREME• 20 25 30 30smnottub NO• 0.02 0.2 to 5 0.2 to 5 0.2 to 5

Simultaneity ms ∞Conductor cross-sections

Screw terminals

• finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 x (0.5 to 1.5), 1 x (0.5 to 2.5)mmdilos• 2 2 × (0.5 to 2.5), 1 × (0.5 to 4)

• tightening torque Nm 0.8 to 1.2

Spring loaded terminals (1 or 2 wires)

mmdilos• 2 2 × (0.25 to 1.5)• finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 to 1.0)• finely stranded without end-sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 to 1.5)

• AWG wires, solid or stranded 2 × AWG 24 to 16

Permissible mounting position any

3TK28 solid-state safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/135

06IC13_019-024.qxd 11/29/05 8:20 AM Page 13/24

Page 25: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/25

Technical data

1) Enabling contact, instantaneous DC 24 V, 1.5 A, source output.

2) Category as for basic unit.

3) For instantaneous output.

Type 3TK28 50 3TK28 51 3TK28 52 3TK28 53 1) 3TK28 56 1) 3TK28 57 1)

Specifications EN 60 204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1), EN 954-1, IEC 61 508. EN ISO 61508

Category acc. to EN 954-1 3 3 3 4 2) 2)

Test certificates TÜV, UL, CSA

Mechanical endurance 30 million operating cycles

Electrical endurance See 3RH1 characteristic curve

Rated insulation voltage Ui• for control circuit V 50• for output contacts V 690• at pollution degree 3

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp• for control circuit V 50• for output contacts V 6000

Permissible ambient temperature• in operation °C –25 to +60• when stored °C –40 to +80

Degree of protection to EN 60 259 IP 40 enclosure, IP 20 terminals

Shock hazard protection to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100 safe from touch

Coil voltage tolerance• AC operation 0.85 to 1.1 x Us• DC operation 0.9 to 1.15 x Us

Coil ratings• AC/DC operation at Us W 8,5

Operating frequency zin operating cycles/h at rated operation 1/h 1000

Shock resistance• sinewave g/ms 8/10 and 15/5

Short-circuit protection(weld-free protection at IK = 1 kA)

See 3RH1 Contactor relay, technical specifications

Rated operational currentacc. to IEC 60 947-5-1

• Ie / AC-15 at 230 V A 6

• Ie / DC-13 at 24 V A 10 (auxiliary switch blocks: 6)

Response time

• monitored start ms 200 200 200 60 – –• autostart ms 300 300 300 60 – –

Release time

• for EMERGENCY-STOP ms 30 30 30 50 50 503) / 0.5 to 300 s

• for supply failure ms 100 100 100 120 120 120

Recovery time

• for EMERGENCY-STOP ms 20 20 20 500 500 500• for supply failure s 0.02 0.02 0.02 7 7 7

Bridging of supply failures ms 5 5 5 5 5 5

Minimum command duration

• EMERGENCY-STOP ms 20 20 20 30 – –• ON button ms 20 20 20 0.2 to 5 s – –

Simultaneity ∞Conductor cross-sections

Screw terminals

• finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 x (0.25 to 1), 1 x (0.25 to 2.5)• solid mm2 2 x (0.2 to 1), 1 x (0.2 to 2.5)

• tightening torque Nm 0.5 to 0.6

Spring loaded terminals (1 or 2 wires)

• solid mm2 1 x (0.2 to 2.5)• finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 1 x (0.25 to 2.5)• finely stranded without end-sleeve mm2 1 x (0.25 to 2.5)

• AWG wires, solid or stranded 2 x AWG 24 to 12

Permissible mounting position any

3TK28 solid-state safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/136

06IC13_025-030.qxd 11/29/05 11:09 AM Page 13/25

Page 26: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/26

Selection and ordering data

Rated control supply voltages US DC 24 V and AC 50/60 Hz, 24, 115, 230 V

1) The outputs are only safe in con-junction with external actuators with positively-driven contacts.

2) An enabling circuit can be used as a signaling circuit.

3) Suitable for electronic sensor input.

4) tv = off-delay, A = 0.05 to 3 s B = 0.5 to 30 sC = 5 to 300 s

5) For dimension drawings see page 13/27 and 13/28.

Enabling circuit, floating

Enabling circuit, solid-state

Signal. circuit

Achievable category acc. to EN 954-1

Rated control supply voltage US

Widthmm

With screw terminals With spring loaded terminals

Stopcate-gory 0

Stopcate-gory 1

Stopcate-gory 0

Stopcate-gory 1

Order No. List Price $

Weight approx. kg

Order No. List Price $

Weight approx. kg

Preferred type 1 unit Preferred type 1 unit

Safety combinations, solid-state, for EMERGENCY-STOP and protective doors

Basic device

– – 2 1) – – 3 DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 40-1BB40 99.00 0.180 3TK28 40-2BB40 104.00 0.150

Standard device

– – 2 3) – 2) 4 DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 41-1BB40 149.00 0.166 3TK28 41-2BB40 154.00 0.143

Standard device tv

– – 1 1, A 4) – 4 DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 42-1BB41 170.00 0.168 3TK28 42-2BB41 175.00 0.143– – 1 1, B 4) – 4 DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 42-1BB42 170.00 0.166 3TK28 42-2BB42 175.00 0.146– – 1 1, C 4) – 4 DC 24 V 22.5 3TK28 42-1BB44 170.00 0.166 3TK28 42-2BB44 170.00 0.149

Multifunction device

1 1 1 1, A 4) 1HL 2) 4 DC 24 V 45 3TK28 45-1BB41 339.00 0.400 3TK28 45-2BB41 344.00 0.3601 1 1 1, B 4) 1HL 2) 4 DC 24 V 45 3TK28 45-1BB42 339.00 0.400 3TK28 45-2BB42 344.00 0.3602 – 2 – 1HL 2) 4 DC 24 V 45 3TK28 45-1BB40 339.00 0.415 3TK28 45-2BB40 344.00 0.361

Safety rerlays, solid-state, with contactor relays, for EMERGENCY-STOP and protective doors

Basic unit

3 – – – – 3 DC 24 V 90 3TK28 50-1BB40 179.00 0.819 3TK28 50-2BB40 189.00 0.8203 – – – – 3 AC 115 V 90 3TK28 50-1AJ20 195.00 0.765 3TK28 50-2AJ20 205.00 0.6503 – – – – 3 AC 230 V 90 3TK28 50-1AL20 195.00 0.770 3TK28 50-2AL20 205.00 0.761

Basic unit

2 – – – 1 NC 3 DC 24 V 90 3TK28 51-1BB40 179.00 0.821 3TK28 51-2BB40 189.00 0.6502 – – – 1 NC 3 AC 115 V 90 3TK28 51-1AJ20 195.00 0.770 3TK28 51-2AJ20 205.00 0.6502 – – – 1 NC 3 AC 230 V 90 3TK28 51-1AL20 195.00 0.767 3TK28 51-2AL20 205.00 0.768

Basic unit

6 – – – 1 NC 3 DC 24 V 90 3TK28 52-1BB40 215.00 0.919 3TK28 52-2BB40 225.00 0.9356 – – – 1 NC 3 AC 230 V 90 3TK28 52-1AL20 225.00 0.870 3TK28 52-2AL20 235.00 0.878

Basic unit

3 – 1 3) – – 4 DC 24 V 90 3TK28 53-1BB40 249.00 0.714 3TK28 53-2BB40 259.00 0.705

Expansion unit

6 – 1 – 1 NC corresponds to basic unit

DC 24 V 90 3TK28 56-1BB40 249.00 0.785 3TK28 56-2BB40 259.00 0.750

Expansion unit tv

– 3, A 1 – – corresponds to basic unit

DC 24 V 90 3TK28 57-1BB41 255.00 0.682 3TK28 57-2BB41 265.00 0.650– 3, B 1 – – DC 24 V 90 3TK28 57-1BB42 255.00 0.679 3TK28 57-2BB42 265.00 0.677– 3, C 1 – – DC 24 V 90 3TK28 57-1BB44 260.00 0.650 3TK28 57-2BB44 270.00 0.650

3TK28 solid-state safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Relays SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/134

06IC13_025-030.qxd 2/21/06 11:11 AM Page 13/26

Page 27: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Inc.talog

13/27

Dimension drawings 1)

3TK28 solid-state safety relays with screw terminals54 82KT324 82KT3 ot 04 82KT3

3TK28 solid-state safety relays with spring loaded terminals54 82KT324 82KT3 ot 04 82KT3

3TK28 solid-state safety relays with floating, positively-driven enable contacts3TK28 50, 3TK28 51, 3TK28 53, 3TK28 57

slanimret dedaol gnirps htiWslanimret wercs htiW

1) For 35 mm standard rail acc. to EN 50 022.

3TK28 solid-state safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:9/138

06IC13_025-030.qxd 11/29/05 8:32 AM Page 13/27

Page 28: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/28

Dimension drawings 1)

3TK28 solid-state safety relays with floating, positively-driven enable contacts3TK28 52, 3TK28 56With screw connections

3TK28 52, 3TK28 56With spring loaded connection

1) For 35 mm standard rail acc. to EN 50 022.

3TK28 solid-state safety relays

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSafety Relays

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/139

06IC13_025-030.qxd 11/7/05 6:05 PM Page 13/28

Page 29: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/29

OverviewSafe 3RA7 starters consist of safety electronics, MSPs and two series-connected contac-tors. The combination of safety electronics, MSPs and contac-tors form a complete, fully assembled, wired and certi-fied starter with a coordination type 1 or 2. A special case is the 3RA71 .0 . starter without MSP, which is intended for sep-arate or fuse-protected mount-ing.Safe 3RA7 starters are offered for direct starting. Available actuating voltages are 230 V 50/60 Hz (category 3) and DC 24 V(category 3 and 4). Depending on external protec-tion, choice of actuating devices and their local arrangement at the machine, categories 3 or 4 can be reached. Also available in the fuse-protected load feed-ers range are expansion units with and without time delay.

Expansion units can be used only in combination with a basic unit. With the expansion units with time delay, starters of Stop category 1 can be constructed.Because the starter consists of the 3RV1 MSP and the 3RT1 contactors, accessories, such as auxiliary switches, from the SIRIUS range can be used.

MountingThe 3RA7 fused starters can be snapped onto a DIN EN 50 022-35 × 15 mounting rail.

Technical dataFor technical data of the elec-tronics, see page 13/30. The technical data for the power section (MSP and contactors) is found in section 4. For additional technical data for the individual devices, see the circuit-breaker and contactors section.Power for the electronics of the DC 24 V 3RA7 devices should be supplied by a power supply unit acc. to VDE 0106 (PELV) with protection class III.

Overload tripping timesAll 3RA7 fuseless load feeders described here are designed for normal starting, in other words for overload tripping times of less than 10 seconds. (CLASS 10). At rated-load oper-ating temperature the tripping time is shorter, depending on the particular equipment and the setting range. The exact values can be derived from the tripping characteristics of the circuit-breakers.

For further information about safety equipment an application manual is available.

Configuration

Types of coordinationDIN VDE 0660 Part 102 and IEC 60 947-4-1 make a distinc-tion between two different types of coordination (types 1 and 2). Any short-circuits that occur are cleared safely by both types of coordination. The only differ-ences concern the extent of the damage caused to the equip-ment by a short-circuit.

Type of coordination 2There must be no damage to the overload trip or to any other components after a short-circuit has been cleared. The 3RA fuseless load feeder can resume operation without needing to be renewed. At most, it is permissible to weld the contactor contacts if they can be disconnected easily without any significant defor-mation.

Cascading, expansionWith the category 4 devices, several protective devices can be easily connected (cascaded) and expanded to a hardwired safety logic circuit. For this purpose, the category 4 devices each have an electronic, protect-ed output (terminal 2) and a cascading input (termin-al 1). At terminal 1, the de-vices expect and evaluate a protected 24 V signal. If this signal is not present, the de-vice shuts down safely. The startup conditions corre-spond with those of a sensor shutdown (Emergency-Stop actuation).

Operational switchingThrough terminals 3 and 4 of the category 4 devices, opera-tional switching (On/Off) of the contactor is possible. Two methods of operational switch-ing are available. Through

a floating contact (terminals 3 and 4) or with potential (DC 24 V), for example through a PLC (terminal 4 only). Opera-tional switching is subordinate to the safety function.

Example of circuit for cascading with 3TK28 41 and 3RA7 1 (category 4 or expansion units)

3RA7up to 22 A

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedStarters with Integrated Safety

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 5/44

06IC13_025-030.qxd 11/3/05 6:20 PM Page 13/29

Page 30: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/30

Technical data

Technical data of the safety electronics of the 3RA7 load feeders .For the technical data of the power section (MSP, contactors), please see the table for starters in Section 4.

Type Basic unit ACCategory 3

Basic unit DCCategory 3

Basic unit DCCategory 4

Expansion unit Expansion unittime-delayed

Specifications EN 60 204-1, EN 292, EN 954-1, IEC 61 508

Test certification TÜV, UL, CSA

Category acc. to EN 954-1 3 3 4 41) 41)

Safety Integrated Level (SIL)acc. to IEC 61 508

2 2 3 31) 31)

Rated insulation voltage 690 V

Impulse voltage withstand level 6 KV

Permissible temperaturein operation

in storage– 20 ... + 60 °C (– 4 ... + 140 °F)– 40 ... + 80 °C (– 40 ... + 176 °F)

Degree of protection IP 20

Shock-hazard protection safe from finger-touch

RatingDC/AC-actuation at 1.0 x Us 2 W2)

Operating rangeAC actuationDC actuation

0.85 ... 1.1 x Us0.9 ... 1.1 x Us

Closing timeMonitored start

Autostart125 ms typical3)250 ms typical3)

400 ms typical3)400 ms typical3)

Opening timeon Emergency-Stop

on supply failure20 ms typical4)

100 ms 25 ms typical

100 msafter time elapsed100 ms

Recovery timeon Emergency-Stop

on supply failure20 ms typical20 ms typical

400 ms typical4 s

Mains failure bridging 5 ms (see technical data of used contactors)

Minimum command timeEmergency-Stop

button> 20 ms typical> 20 ms typical

> 25 ms typical> 100 ms typical

Cable cross-sectionsflexible with ferrule

solid1 x 0.25 – 2.5 mm2

1 x 0.2 – 2.5 mm2

Tightening torque, terminal screws M3 0.5 – 0.6 Nm

1) The highest achievable category is equal to the cat-egory of the basic unit. The category also depends on the external protection, the choice of actuating devices and the local arrangement at the machine. The normative safety standards at the machine must be observed.

2) Observe power dissipation of each power section (see technical data for circuit-breakers/contac-tors).

3) Observe the pick-up delay of the contactors (see technical data for the contactors).

4) Observe the drop-out delay of the contactors (see technical data for the contactors).

3RA7up to 22 A

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedStarters with Integrated Safety

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 5/43

06IC13_025-030.qxd 2/18/06 1:39 PM Page 13/30

Page 31: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/31

Selection and ordering data

Direct-in-line starting Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz AC 230 V for standard 35 mm rail

MSPs, contactors and protective electronics fullyprewired and certified to category 3 acc. to EN 954-1Auxiliary switches on the MSP and the contactorcan be easily fitted due to the modular system

Three-phase standard motor1)4-pole at AC 400 V

Setting range Inverse-time delayed overload release

Starters with integrated safety Size

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

Ratedpower

Motor current

P I Basic unitCategory 32)kW A A 1 unit kg

Type of coordination 2 at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V (compatible with type of coordination 1)0.04 0.16 0.11 ... 0.16 3RA71 01-0AA17-0AL2 469.00 0.82 S000.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 3RA71 01-0BA17-0AL2 469.00 1.440.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 3RA71 01-0CA17-0AL2 469.00 0.820.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 3RA71 01-0DA17-0AL2 469.00 1.43

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 3RA71 01-0EA17-0AL2 469.00 0.820.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 3RA71 01-0FA17-0AL2 483.00 0.820.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 3RA71 01-0GA17-0AL2 483.00 0.82

0.25 0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 3RA71 01-0HA17-0AL2 483.00 0.820.25 0.8 0.7 ... 1 3RA71 01-0JA17-0AL2 483.00 0.820.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 3RA71 01-0KA17-0AL2 483.00 1.48

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 3RA71 01-1AA17-0AL2 483.00 0.820.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 3RA71 01-1BA17-0AL2 483.00 1.47

0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 3RA71 02-1CA26-0AL2 622.00 1.20 S01.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 3RA71 02-1DA26-0AL2 622.00 1.861.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 3RA71 02-1EA26-0AL2 622.00 1.201.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 3RA71 02-1FA26-0AL2 622.00 1.20

2.2 5.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RA71 02-1GA26-0AL2 622.00 1.913 6.8 5.5 ... 8 3RA71 02-1HA26-0AL2 622.00 1.944 9.0 7 ... 10 3RA71 02-1JA26-0AL2 622.00 1.20

5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 3RA71 02-1KA26-0AL2 651.00 1.207.5 15.5 11 ... 16 3RA71 02-4AA26-0AL2 651.00 1.207.5 15.5 14 ... 20 3RA71 02-4BA26-0AL2 651.00 1.20

7.5 15.5 17 ... 22 3RA71 02-4CA26-0AL2 651.00 1.92

Contactor safety combination11 22.5 3RA71 00-5AA26-0AL2 457.00 1.13 S0

for separate surface mounting of MSPs and contactorsor surface mounting with fuse protection

1) Selection depends on the actual startup and rated data of the protected motor.

2) The highest achievable category acc. to EN 954-1 is equal to the category of the basic unit. The category also depends on the external protection, the

selection of actuating devices and the local arrange-ment at the machine. The normative safety standards at the machine must be observed.

3RA71 02 3RA71 00

Contactor safety combination

3RA7up to 22 A

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedStarters with Integrated Safety

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Relays

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 5/41

06IC13_031-036.qxd 2/18/06 1:46 PM Page 13/31

Page 32: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/32

Selection and ordering data

Direct-in-line starting Rated control supply voltage DC 24 Vfor standard 35 mm rail

MSPs, contactors and protective electronics fullyprewired and certified to category 4 acc. to EN 954-1Auxiliary switches on the MSP and the contactorcan be easily fitted due to the modular systemExpansion units for multiplication of starters in a safety circuit

Three-phase Setting range,thermal overloadrelease

Starters with integrated safety Sizemotor1) 4-pole,at AC 400 V

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

Rated Motorpower current Basic unit Basic unit Expansion2) Expansion, Expansion,P I

PG 101

Category 32) Category 42) time-delay time-delay0.05–3 s2) 0.5–30 s2)

kW A A 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit kg

Type of coordination 2 at Iq = 50 kA at 400 V0 1 2 3 4

0.06 0.2 0.11 ... 0.16 3RA71 @1-0AA17-0AB4 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.00 0.82 S000.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 3RA71 @1-0BA17-0AB4 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.000.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 3RA71 @1-0CA17-0AB4 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.000.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 3RA71 @1-0DA17-0AB4 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.000.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 3RA71 @1-0EA17-0AB4 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.00 521.000.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 3RA71 @1-0FA17-0AB4 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.000.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 3RA71 @1-0GA17-0AB4 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.000.25 0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 3RA71 @1-0HA17-0AB4 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.000.25 0.8 0.7 ... 1 3RA71 @1-0JA17-0AB4 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.000.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 3RA71 @1-0KA17-0AB4 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.000.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 3RA71 @1-1AA17-0AB4 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.000.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 3RA71 @1-1BA17-0AB4 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00 535.00

0.75 2.7 1.8 ... 2.5 3RA71 @2-1CA26-0AB4 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 1.2 S0

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 3RA71 @2-1DA26-0AB4 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.001.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 3RA71 @2-1EA26-0AB4 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.001.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 3RA71 @2-1FA26-0AB4 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.002.2 5.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RA71 @2-1GA26-0AB4 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.003 6.8 5.5 ... 8 3RA71 @2-1HA26-0AB4 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.004 9.0 7 ... 10 3RA71 @2-1JA26-0AB4 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.00 680.005.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 3RA71 @2-1KA26-0AB4 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.007.5 15.5 11 ... 16 3RA71 @2-4AA26-0AB4 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.007.5 15.5 14 ... 20 3RA71 @2-4BA26-0AB4 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.007.5 15.5 17 ... 22 3RA71 @2-4CA26-0AB4 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.00 709.00

Contactor safety combination11 22.5 3RA71 @0-5AA26-0AB4 515.00 515.00 515.00 515.00 515.00 S0

for separate mounting of circuit-breakers and contactorsor mounting with fuse protection

1) Selection depends on the actual startup and rated data of the protected motor.

2) The highest achievable category acc. to EN 954-1 is equal to the category of the basic unit. The cate-gory also depends on the external protection, the choice of actuating devices and the local arrange-ment at the machine. The normative safety stand-ards at the machine must be observed.

3RA71 01 3RA71 00

Contactor safety combination

3RA7up to 22 A

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedStarters with Integrated Safety

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 5/42

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Relays

06IC13_031-036.qxd 2/18/06 1:46 PM Page 13/32

Page 33: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/33

3RA7up to 22 A

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedStarters with Integrated Safety

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 5/46

Inc.talog

Dimension drawings

Size S00 · for standard rail mounting Size S0 · for standard rail mounting

3RA71 .1-, size S00 3RA71 .2-, size S0

Size S0 · for standard rail mounting and contactor combination

3RA71 .0-, size S0

06IC13_031-036.qxd 11/29/05 8:49 AM Page 13/33

Page 34: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/34

Application Cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or for EMER-GENCY-STOP facilities on par-ticularly endangered system sections. They are available with metal enclosures.

As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is limited by the length of the pull-wire, large sys-tems can also be protected.

Cable-operated switches (re-quiring pulling at both ends) and conveyor belt unbalance track-ers are used primarily for monitoring very long belt sys-tems.

SpecificationsSwitches with latching for imple-mentation in EMERGENCY-STOP equipment correspond to the EN 418 standard.

Principle of operationThe switch contacts of the cable-operated switches and the con-veyor belt unbalance protection devices are positive opening.

Cable-operated switches with one-side operation are held in free position by the pre-tension force on the turnbuckle.

• In the 3SE7 140, -150 and -160 cable-operated switches, both switching contacts are avail-able for cable-break/cable pull signaling. The NO contact is used, for example, for signal-ing purposes.

For switches with latching, with a pretensioned cable, the locking must be deactivated beforehand in order to return the switch to its free position.

Technical data

Travel diagrams

Type 3SE7 120 3SE7 150 3SE7 140 3SE7 141 3SE7 160 3SE7 310Standards IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (VDE 0660 Part 200); IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1); EN 418 (ISO 13850)

Certifications UL / CSA

Electrical design Contacts electrically isolated from each other

Electrical loading• at AC-15 AC 400 V, 6A AC 250 V, 2A AC 400 V, 6A

• minimum AC/DC 24 V, 10 mA

Short circuit protection 6 A (Slow acting)

Mechanical endurance > 1 x 106 operating cycles

Contact material Fine silver

Actuation By pulling or breaking of a rope (cable)

Rope length, maximum Spacing between rope supports, maximum

10 m

3 m

25 m

3 m

50 m

5 m

75 m 1)

5 m

2 x 50 m

5 m

Enclosure GD alloy, coated (color), dark black RAL 9005

Cover Shock-resistant thermoplastic

Degree of protectionacc. To IEC 60529 IP65 IP66 1P65

Ambient temperature -25C to +70C

Mounting Designed for M 5

Mounting space 30 mm and 40 mm

Cable entry 2x(M20x1.5)2x(M25x1.5)

2x(M20x1.5) 1x(M16x1.5) 3x(M20x1.5) 2x(M25x1.5)

Type of connection M3.5 screw connection; Self-lifting pressure plate terminals

00F.1-041 7ES3.0D.1-041 7ES310DD2-021 7ES3 3SE7 141-1EG10

noitisop lartneCnoitisop lartneCnoitisop tseRnoitisop lartneC

EA1-013 7ES3 ,EA1-061 7ES300FB1-051 7ES3 ,00FB1-021 7ES3.0D..-051 7ES3

noitisop lartneCnoitisop lartneCnoitisop lartneC

13222114

NSC0_006 45

1) 75 m cable length possible provided the ambient temperature range is strictly observed, otherwise, 50 m.

3SE7 1.0 / 3SE7 310Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedCable-Operated Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/75

06IC13_031-036.qxd 2/21/06 12:26 PM Page 13/34

Page 35: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Cable-Operated Switches

13/35

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · With one-side actuation · Degree of protection IP 65 · Latching according to EN 418 2)

for cable lengths 1)

Maximumspacing between the cablesupports

Design Contacts(NO as signalling contact)

Order No. ListPrice $

Weight approx.

m m 1 unit kg

Cable-operated switches 2)3SE7 120-1BF00 10 3 Metal enclosure

(cover made of molded plastic) • Without latching, only cable pull

monitoringM25 x 1.5 Conduit

1 NO + 1 NC 3SE7 120-2DD01 152.00 0.395

• With latching and button resetM20 x 1.5 Conduit

2 NC 3SE7 120-1BF00 198.00 0.410

3SE7 150-1BD00 25 3 Metal enclosure with M 20 conduit(cover made of molded plastic) with dust protection and alignment window• Without latching

• with LED, RED, 24 VDC1 NO + 1 NC1 NO + 1 NC

3SE7 150-2DD00

3SE7 150-2DD04 5)

152.00

236.000.4250.425

• With latching and button reset 1 NO + 1 NC2 NC

3SE7 150-1BD00

3SE7 150-1BF00

195.00

195.00

0.4450.440

• with LED, RED, 24 VDC 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE7 150-1BD04 5) 278.00 0.450

• with latching and key reset 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE7 150-1CD00 214.00 0.5103SE7 141-1EG10 75 6) 5 Metal enclosure with M 20 conduit

(cover made of molded plastic)

• with EMERGENCY STOP andLockout release

1 NO + 3 NC 3SE7 141-1EG10 245.00 0.790

3SE7 140-1B.00 50 5 Metal enclosure with M 16 conduit(cover made of molded plastic)with dust protection• With latching and button reset 1 NO + 1 NC

2 NC3SE7 140-1BD00

3SE7 140-1BF00

457.00

457.00

0.7920.790

• with LED, RED, 24 VDC 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE7 140-1BD04 510.00 0.820• with latching and key unlatching 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE7 140-1CD00 550.00 0.835

3SE7 160-1AE00 2 × 50 5 Metal enclosure with M 25 conduitwith two-direction actuation, latching andbutton reset

• with LED, RED, 24 VDC

2 NO + 2 NC1 NO + 1 NC2 NO + 2 NC

3SE7 160-1AE00

3SE7 160-1BD00

3SE7 160-1AE04

488.00

419.00

535.00

1.2700.3001.200

Conveyor belt unbalance protection device3SE7 310-1AE00 Metal enclosure with M25 conduit

with latching and pressure unlatching

• with LED, RED, 24 VDC

2 NO + 2 NC

2 NO + 2 NC

3SE7 310-1AE00

3SE7 310-1AE04

612.00

658.00

1.805

1.815

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) These cable lengths can be used with max. temperature deviationsof ±15°. 75 m cable length possible probided the ambient temperature range is strictly observed, otherwise, 50 m.

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.3) LED, RED, 24 VDC with M 20 x 1.5 thread and 25 mm dia. lens.

4) See page 13/68 for switch with AS-Interface connection.5) Alignment window not included.

6) 75 m rope length possible provided the ambient temperature range is strictly observed, otherwise 50 m max.

3)

3)

4)

3)

3)

4)

4)

3SE7 1.0 / 3SE7 310Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/76

06IC13_031-036.qxd 2/20/06 6:42 PM Page 13/35

Page 36: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/36

Accessories

Description Length / diameter Order No. ListPrice $

Weight approx.

Steel ropes1) kg

• ∅ 4 mm 10 m 3SE7 910-3AA 68.00 0.420

15 m 3SE7 910-3AB 102.00 0.665

20 m 3SE7 910-3AC 135.00 0.865

50 m 3SE7 910-3AH 336.00 2.065

Rope clamps

• Oval ∅ 4 mm 3SE7 941-1AC 13.00 0.040

• Simplex(1 set = 4 units)

∅ 4 mm 3SE7 943-1AC 17.00 0.010

• Duplex (1 set = 4 units)

∅ 4 mm 3SE7 944-1AC 25.00 0.020

• Single (1 set = 4 units)

∅ 5 mm 3SE7 942-1AA 10.00 0.025

Tension springs (zinc-plated) to maintain the counter-tension

• 13 N 3SE7 931-1AB 20.00 0.150

• 35 N 3SE7 931-1AD 30.00 0.340

Rope rollers for changing the direction of the rope, rotatable

• ∅ 4 mm 3SE7 921-1AC 16.00 0.045

Fixing of the rope roller 3SE7 921-1AA 4.00 0.015

Rope eyes for changes in rope direction and improved power transmission at the fixing points (1 set = 4 units)

• ∅ 4 mm 3SE7 930-1AD 9.00 0.005

Eyebolts for fixing the rope

• incl. nut M 8 3SE7 920-1AB 10.00 0.035

• incl. nut M 10 3SE7 920-1AC 10.00 0.060

Turnbuckle for precise adjustment of the pretension

• M 6 × 60 3SE7 950-1AB 15.00 0.055

• M 6 × 110 3SE7 950-1AD 41.00 0.075

1) Diameter including casing; the diameter of the steel wire is 3.2 mm.

3SE7Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedCable-Operated Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/77

06IC13_031-036.qxd 11/29/05 8:58 AM Page 13/36

Page 37: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/37

3SE7 1.0 / 3SE7 310Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedCable-Operated Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/79

Dimension drawings

Metal enclosure3SE7 120-2DD.., 3SE7 150-2DD..without latching

3SE7 120-1B..., 3SE7 150-1B...with latching and button reset

Metal enclosure3SE7 140-1B...with latching and button reset

3SE7 140-1CD.with latching and key reset

Metal enclosure3SE7 150-1CD..with latching and key reset

3SE 7141-1EG10.with EMERGENCY STOP and Lockout release

3SE7 160-1AE..with latching and button reset

3SE7 310-1AE.. conveyor belt unbalance protection devicewith latching and button reset

06IC13_037-042.qxd 1/25/06 9:49 AM Page 13/37

Page 38: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/38

Construction

Long lengths of rope up to 50 m 2)

Pulling from both sides up to 2 x 50 m 2)

Actuation forces and distances:

Rope releases Rope pulled

Type Tencing force (at middle point)

Force at operating position

Distance to operating position2)

Force at operating position

Distance to operating position2)

3SE7 150-1CD. , 232 (N) 130 (N) 3 mm 312 (N) 3 mm

3SE7 150-2DD. . 217 (N) 120 (N) 3 mm 311 (N) 3 mm

3SE7 150-1BD. . 210 (N) 133 (N) 2 mm 270 (N) 2 mm

3SE7 140-1CD. . 400 (N) 200 (N) 2.5 mm 550 (N) 3 mm

3SE7 150-1BD. . 400 (N) 250 (N) 3 mm 570 (N) 3 mm 2) 0-Basis at mid-position

Assembly note:

Rope eye ø 43SE7 930-1AD

Rope roller, fixed3SE7 921-1AC

Tension spring 1)35 N3SE7 931-1AD

Tension spring 1)35 N3SE7 931-1AD

Rope rollers, fixed3SE7 921-1AC

EyeboltM 103SE7 920-1AC

Ropeclamp,simplex4 mm,oval4 mm

SIGUARDcable-operatedswitch3SE7 160

Ropeclamp,simplex4 mm,oval4 mm

Ropeclamp,simplex4 mm,oval4 mm

Rope eye ø 43SE7 930-1AD

Rope roller, fixed3SE7 921-1AC

NS

C0

0049

9aTurnbuckleM 6 x 603SE7 950-1AB

Ropeclamp,simplex4 mm,oval4 mm

Ropeclamp,simplex4 mm,oval4 mm

Rope eye ø 43SE7 930-1AD

1) Use of a tension spring is essential for long sections of rope.2) See page 13/35 for maximum spacing between cable supports.3) For Medium lengths of rope, less than 25 m, Eyebolt M8, Order No. 3SE7 920-1AB, can be used.

p3SE7 910

Recommended rope length with Emergency-STOP rope pull switches depending on ambient temperature ranges.

3SE7 1.0 / 3SE7 310Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedCable-Operated Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/78, 9/80

06IC13_037-042.qxd 11/1/05 7:19 PM Page 13/38

Page 39: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/39

3SE7 1.0 / 3SE7 310Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedCable-Operated Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/81

Application: Conveyor belt monitoring

Rope Pull Switches might be used as Emergency-STOP devices to cover a continuous distance for immediate shut-off instead of using common E-STOP pushbutton devices.SIGUARD rope pull switches with latching meet the requirements according to EN418 and provide NC contacts with direct opening action. Rope pull switches without latching can only be used as normal stop devices.

SIGUARD Rope Pull switches• trip due to a pulled and a bro-

ken rope• are equipped with a manual re-

set to close NC contacts after retensing the rope

• can be mounted in any direc-tion

• cover different rope lengths up to 50m

• support a whole range of ac-cessories and mounting equip-ment

• shall be used with the offered steel rope with red plastic coat-ing

06IC13_037-042.qxd 10/25/05 3:04 PM Page 13/39

Page 40: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/40

3SE2 / SE3 Molded plastic /metal enclosure with separate actuator

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/57

ApplicationSafety interlock switches with separate actuator are used where the position of doors, cov-ers or safety screens must be

monitored for safety reasons. For example, they can be used together with 3TK28 safety re-lays up to safety category 4.

ConstructionInterlock switches with separate actuator are available in three versions.• Molded plastic enclosure with

mounting dimensions accord-ing to EN 50 047

• Metal enclosure with mounting dimensions according to EN 50 041

• Molded plastic enclosure out-side of the standards that have arisen in this form in accor-dance with general market re-quirements.

When used as a safety switch mounting at a spacing of 20 mm (molded plastic housings) or 30 mm (metal housing) is neces-sary. Or, the interlock switch must be fitted with a pin or stop.

OperationInterlock switches with separate actuator can only be operated with a matching triple-coded ac-tuator. Actuation by hand or with auxiliary devices is virtually im-possible.The actuators are not included with the interlock switch and must be ordered separately.

Side operating heads can be ro-tated in 90° increments and can-not be replaced with actuators of the standard type.Operating heads for the 3SE2 243 and 3SE2 257 types cannot be changed.

Radius actuatorInterlock switches with radius actuators are particularly suit-able for rotatable protection de-vices. The movable actuation key allows even small radii to be approached. Damage to the switch and the actuator due to inaccurate approach is pre-vented.

Contact reliabilityThe movable contacts of the 3SE2 120, 3SE3 170 and 3SE2 200 switches are designed as double-break contacts. This en-sures extremely high contact stability, even when the devices are switching low voltages and currents, e.g. DC 5V / 1 mA.

06IC13_037-042.qxd 12/7/05 2:17 PM Page 13/40

Page 41: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/41

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 11/49 LV10 2004

3SE2 / 3SE3 Molded plastic / metal enclosurewith separate actuator

Technical data

1) Without any welds according to IEC 60947-5-1.

Type 3SE2 1, 3SE2 2, 3SE3 2 3SE2 243

Standards IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (VDE 0660 Part 200)

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 500

Pollution degree acc. to EN 60664 Class 3

Rated operating voltage Ue V AC 500; over AC 380 V only for equal potential

Continuous thermal current Ith A 10

Rated operating current Ie

• For alternating current 40 ... 60 Hz Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15 Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15AV 42 ta- 10 10 10 10AV 521 ta- 10 10 10 10AV 032 ta- 10 6 10 4AV 004 ta- 10 4 10 4AV 005 ta- 10 3 10 3

• For direct current Ie / DC-12 Ie / DC-13AV 42 ta- 10 10AV 84 ta- 6 4AV 011 ta- 4 1AV 022 ta- 1 0.4AV 044 ta- 0.5 0.2

Short circuit protection1),DIAZED fuse links

• Operational class gL/gG A 6

• Quick response characteristic A 10

Mechanical endurance > 1 x106 operating cycles

Electrical endurance

• With 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors

> 1 x106 operating cycles

• For AC-15 duty 0.5 x106 operating cycles when interrupting Ie / AC-15 at 230 V

• For DC-13 duty With DC the contact endurance depends not only on the breaking current but also on the voltage, the circuit inductance and the speed of switching. No generally valid information can be given.

Operating frequencywith 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors

6 x103 operating cycles/h

Type 3SE2 2003SE3 200

3SE2 243, 3SE2 257

3SE2 120

Enclosure Fiber-glass strengthened thermoplastic Aluminum (GD - AlSi 12)

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP65 IP67 IP67

Ambient temperature

• in operation –30 ... +85 °C –35 ... +85 °C

• for storage, transport

Mounting position Any

Cable entry 3SE2 200: 1 x (M 20 x 1.5)3SE3 200: Pg 13/5

1 x (M 20 x 1.5) or 1 x (M 16 x 1.5) 1 x (M 20 × 1.5)

Conductor cross-sections

• Solid 2 x 2.5 mm² 1 x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²), 2 x (0.5 ... 1 mm²)

2 x 2.5 mm²

• Finely stranded with end sleeve 2 x 1.5 mm² 1 x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²), 2 x (0.5 ... 1 mm²)

2 x 1.5 mm²

Protective conductor terminalinside enclosure

– M 3.5

06IC13_037-042.qxd 11/8/05 6:16 PM Page 13/41

Page 42: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/58

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Interlock SwitchesSafety Systems—Safety Integrated

3SE2 120 / 2SE3 170Metal enclosure with separate actuator

13/42

Selection and ordering data

2 or 4 contacts · Moving double break contacts1)3)

Operation, operating speed and travel

Actuation/Fixing Enclo-sure width/length of ac-tuator

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Wght. ap.with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action contacts with 4 slow-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Ident. No. 11 acc. to EN 50 013

Ident. No. 02acc. to EN 50 013

Ident. No. 22 acc. to EN 50 013

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. ListPrice $

mm 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit kg

Metal enclosure IP 67, EN 50 0413SE2 120-0XX

Side Entry1)• M 20 x 1.5

connecting thread• 1/2” NPT

connecting thread• 4-pole M12

male receptacle

3SE2 120-0XX

3SE3 170-0XX

3SE2 120-0XX00-0AC4

87.00

92.00

123.00

3SE2 120-6XX

3SE3 170-6XX

3SE2 120-6XX00-0AC4

87.00

92.00

123.00

3SE2 120-4XX

3SE3 170-4XX

-

92.00

92.00

0.350

0.350

0.360

Actuator

• Standard 79 3SX3 197 13.00 0.027

• With transversemounting

• For lateralmounting

50

50

3SX3 206

3SX3 306

13.00

13.00

0.025

0.025

• Universal radius actuator

• Approach fromthe left

80

132

3SX3 203

3SX3 207

77.00

14.00

0.113

0.085

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1,Appendix K.

1) Supplied without actuator.2) Radius actuator (universal): Rmin > 70 mm.

3) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

Actuator Operation by a separate bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimumforce re-quired in operating direction on retraction

vmax max. operating speeddirection of operation

Internal circuit diagramTerminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

contact closedcontact open

Radius actuation: for all approach directions

Actuator in actuator head; NC is closed

Separate actuator Slow-action contacts perpendicular to plunger axis

Side operationvmax = 1 m/s

3SE2 120–.XX / 3SE3-170–.XX

Ident. No. 11

10 N

Ident. No. 02

Ident. No. 22

Wiring Diagram for M12 Connection

M12Pin

Interlock Switch,4-pole Connection Typical M12 Cable 1)

1 NO + 1 NCConnection

2 NCConnection

4-wireConnection

4-poleMale

1 21 11 Brown Receptacle2 22 12 White

3 13 21 Blue

4 14 22 Black

1) Typical 4-pole Female Plugs with black 5 meter cable: Right-angle: 3RX1542 Straight: 3RX1513

1 NO + 1 NC

2 NC

2 NO + 2 NC

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

06IC13_037-042.qxd 2/3/06 6:29 PM Page 13/42

Page 43: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/43

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double-break contacts1)2)

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Page 13/45.

Actuation/Fixing Enclo-sure width

Lengthof ac-tuator

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Wght.approx.

with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Ident. No. 11acc. to EN 50 013

Ident. No. 02acc. to EN 50 013

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. ListPrice $

mm 1 unit 1 unit kg

Molded plastic enclosure IP 65, EN 50 0473SE2 200-0XX03

Side actuation 31 3SE2 200-0XX03 49.00 3SE2 200-6XX03 47.00 0.085

Top actuation 31 3SE2 200-0XX04 49.00 3SE2 200-6XX04 49.00 0.100M 20 × 1.5

3SX3 196 Actuator

05rotautca dradnatS• 3SX3 196 4.00 0.016

70 3SX3 195 5.00 0.18

3SE3 200-0XX13

5 directions of approach 2)

Pg. 13.5

31 3SE3 200-0XX13 49.00 3SE3 200-6XX13 49.00 0.109

3SX3 220 Actuator

44dradnatS• 3SX3 220 5.00 0.013

• With transverse actuation 36 3SX3 221 5.00 0.013

44rotautca suidaR•4523XS3 3SX3 254 16.00 0.025

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) Supplied without actuator.2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

3SE. 200Molded plastic enclosure with separate actuator

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/59

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

06IC13_043-050.qxd 11/28/05 7:50 PM Page 13/43

Page 44: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/44

Selection and ordering data

1 contact · 3 contacts · Moving double-break contacts1)2)

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Page 13/45.

Actuation Enclo-sure width

Lengthof ac-tuator

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Wght.approx.

with 3 slow-action contacts with 1 slow-action contact

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Ident. No. 12acc. to EN 50 013

Wght.approx.

Ident. No. 01acc. to EN 50 013

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. ListPrice $

mm mm 1 unit kg 1 unit kg

Molded plastic enclosure IP 673SE2 243-0XX Top and side entry1)

M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

• Extraction force 5 N 52 3SE2 243-0XX40 46.00 1.120 3SE2 257-6XX40 41.00 0.140

• Extraction force 30 N 52 3SE2 243-0XX 46.00 1.120 3SE2 257-6XX 41.00 0.140

• With automatic ejection 52 3SE2 243-0XX30 46.00 1.120 3SE2 257-6XX30 41.00 0.140

M16 x 1.5 connecting thread

• Extraction force 5 N 52 3SE2 243-0XX48 46.00 0.140 3SE2 257-6XX48 41.00 0.140

• Extraction force 30 N 52 3SE2 243-0XX18 46.00 0.145 3SE2 257-6XX18 41.00 0.140

• With automatic ejection 52 3SE2 243-0XX38 46.00 0.140 3SE2 257-6XX38 41.00 0.140

Actuator

• Standard actuator (rmin. = 150 mm)

28 3SX3 218 5.00 0.022

• Radius actuator (universal)(rmin. = 45 mm)

33 3SX3 228 12.00 0.025

• Ball catch (up to 100 N)

28 3SX3 217 29.00 0.037

• Actuator with dust protector and slit cover (1 set)

34 3SX3 234 28.00 0.035

• Radius actuator 82 3SX3 256 14.00 0.019

Accessories

• Slit cover only for 3SX3234(1 set = 3 units)

3SX3 233 2.50

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

dnoc roF )2.rotautca tuohtiw deilppuS)1 uit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

3SE. 243 / 3SE. 257Molded plastic enclosure with separate actuator

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/60

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

06IC13_043-050.qxd 11/29/05 8:22 PM Page 13/44

Page 45: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/45

Operation, operating speed and travel

Actuator Operation by a separate bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimumforce re-quired in op-erating direc-tion on retrac-tion

vmax→

max. operating speeddirection of operation

Internal circuit diagramTerminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

contact closedcontact open

Radius actuation: for all approach directions

Actuator in actuator head; NC is closed

Separate actuator Slow-action contacts perpendicular to plunger axis front end operation

for top operation

3SE2 200–.XX03 3SE2 200–.XX04 1 NO+1 NC

Side actuationvmax = 1.5 m/s

Identificationnumber 11

10 N

Top actuationvmax = 1 m/s

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Top and sideactuation(4 × 90°)

3SE3 200–.XX13

Side actuation1 NO+1 NC

Ident. No. 11

10 N

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Horizontal actuation

Top and sideactuation

3SE2 243–.XX.., 3SE2 257–.XX..

Ident. No. 12

30 N or5 N

Ident. No. 01

1) Radius actuator: Rmin > 38 mm.

Actuator a bShort 42 to 45 66.5 to 69Long 62 to 65 86.5 to 89

M20 x 1.5

3SE3 200 / 3SE. 243 / 3SE. 257Molded plastic enclosure with separate actuator

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/61

06IC13_043-050.qxd 2/3/06 6:32 PM Page 13/45

Page 46: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/46

Dimension drawings

Molded plastic enclosurenoitautca pot ,40XX.-002 2ES3noitautca edis ,30XX.-002 2ES3 Permissible center offset

of actuator to position switch: vertical and horizontal ±1 mm

Radius actuation: for all radii ≥ 50 mm, lateral and front-end actuation

591 3XS3 rotautca gnoL691 3XS3 rotautca trohS

3SE3 200-.XX13, 5 approach directions

Radius actuation: for all radii ≥ 50 mm, lateral and front-end actuation

452 3XS3 rotautca suidaR122 3XS3 gnitnuom esrevsnart rof rotautcA022 3XS3 rotautca dradnatS

Actuator a b

Short

Long

42 to 45

62 to 65

66.5 to 69

86.5 to 89

3SE. 200Molded plastic enclosure with separate actuator

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/62

06IC13_043-050.qxd 11/7/05 9:38 PM Page 13/46

Page 47: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/47

Dimension drawings

Metal enclosure3SE. 120-.XX / 3SE3-170-.XX side entry

Actuator 3SX3 197 for lengthwise actuation Actuator 3SX3 206 for transverse actuation Universal radius actuator 3SX3 203

9

5

Molded plastic enclosure3SE2 243, side and top actuation, with standard actuator 3SX3 218

3SE2 257, side and top actuation Universal radius actuator 3SX3 228

Ball catch 3SX3 217

M20

3SE3 120 / 3SE. 243 / 3SE. 257Metal / molded plastic enclosure with separate actuator

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/63

06IC13_043-050.qxd 11/7/05 9:39 PM Page 13/47

Page 48: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/48

ApplicationThe SIGUARD interlock switches with solenoid are exceptional, technically safe devices which restrict and prevent an unfore-seen or intentional opening of protective doors, protective grilles or other covers as long as a dangerous situation is present

(i. e. operation of moving parts after the machine has been switched off).The safety switch with solenoid basically has two main func-tions:• Enabling the machine with a

closed and locked protective system

• Locking the machine with a opened protective system.

ApprovalsThe metal-enclosed SIGUARD position switches with solenoid have been awarded a test certif-icate in accordance with Ger-man regulations (BIA).

The switches are approved for use with locking devices that ac-cord to EN 1088 and EN 292, Parts 1 and 2.

ConstructionSIGUARD interlock switches with solenoid are offered in molded plastic or metal hous-ings.The separate actuator operates in a similar way to the coding of a key and protects against ma-nipulation. It transmits the lock-ing force to the protection sys-tem and helps to monitor its po-sition.There are two types of locking:• In the solenoid unlocking ver-

sion, the SIGUARD position switch locks by means of spring force and releases by means of electromagnetic force (closed-circuit principle). When a power failure occurs, it prevents com-

ponents which are still rotating from opening. For emergency situations or in setup mode, the switch is equipped with an auxiliary release which is se-cured against unauthorised use either with a seal or lock. This means that release is still possible even when a power failure occurs.

• The solenoid locking version offers locking by means of electromagnetic force and re-lease by means of spring force (open-circuit principle). This version has an advantage when it is important to get at components when a power fail-ure has occured.

ContactsSwitches with 4 contacts monitor the actuator or position of the protective door, as well as moni-tor the position of the solenoid.The mechanical design of the switches corresponds to the re-quirements of the fail-safe princi-ple of EN 1088, whereby it is not possible to close the NC con-tacts when the door is open.

OperationThe operating mechanism with side actuation can be adjusted through 4 × 90°.The 3SE3 .5. and 3SE3 .6. switches can also be ap-proached from above.A universal radius actuator is available for small actuating ra-dii; the actuator can be moved in all 4 directions.The actuators are not included with the switch and must be or-dered separately.

Functions3SE2 83 and 3SE2 84 interlock switches with solenoid are available with an optical switch indication.

An optical switch indication provides the switching posi-tion of the lock and the protec-tive device by means of 2 LEDs on the enclosure sur-

face. This option is possible only with switches that have 1NO/1NC + 1NO/1NC contact arrangement.

Protective Device Locking Mechanism Indication Meaning

tuo dellup eb ot eerf rotautcAneerG dna wolleYnepOdesolC

dekcol rotautcAneerGdesolCdesolC

dellup rotautcAwolleYnepOnepO

General dataMolded plastic / metal enclosure with solenoid

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches with Locking

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/64

06IC13_043-050.qxd 10/26/05 9:03 PM Page 13/48

Page 49: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/49

Technical data

1) Without any welds according to IEC 60947-5-1.

Type 3SE3 7, 3SE3 8 3SE2 8

Standards IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (VDE 0660 Part 200)

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 250

Pollution degree acc. to EN 60664 Class 3

Rated operating voltage Ue

VCD• 24

VzH 06 ... 05 CA• 110 ... 130 230

Continuous thermal current Ith A 10

Rated operating current Ie

• For alternating current 40 ... 60 Hz Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15AV 42 ta- 10 4AV 06 ta- 10 4AV 011 ta- 10 4AV 032 ta- 10 4

• For direct current Ie / DC-12 Ie / DC-13AV 42 ta- 10 3AV 06 ta- 5 1.5AV 011 ta- 2.5 0.7AV 022 ta- 1 0.3

Coil Power Rating W 5.5 5.2

Short circuit protection1),DIAZED fuse links

• Operational class gL/gG A 6

• Quick response characteristic A 10

Mechanical endurance 1 ×106 operating cycles

Electrical endurance

• With 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors

1 ×106 operating cycles

• For AC-15 duty 0.5 ×106 operating cycles when interrupting Ie / AC-15 at 230 V

• For DC-13 duty With DC the contact endurance depends not only on the breaking current but also on the voltage, the circuit inductance and the speed of switching. No generally valid information can be given.

Operating frequencywith 3RH11, 3RT10 16 to 3RT10 26 contactors

6 ×103 operating cycles/h

Type 3SE3 75, 3SE3 76 3SE3 85, 3SE3 86 3SE2 83, 3SE3 84

Enclosure Fiber-glass strengthened thermo-plastic

Aluminum (GD - AlSi 12) Aluminum (GD - AlSi 12)

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP66 IP67

Ambient temperature

• in operation –30 ... +70 °C

• for storage, transport

Mounting position Any

Cable entry Pg 13.5 M 20 × 1.5

Conductor cross-sections

• Solid 2 × 1.5 mm² 2 × 2.5 mm²

• Finely stranded with end sleeve 2 × 1.0 mm² 2 × 1.5 mm²

Protective conductor terminalinside enclosure

– M 3.5 M 3.5

General dataMolded plastic / metal enclosure with solenoid

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches with Locking

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/65, 11/58 LV10 2004

06IC13_043-050.qxd 11/10/05 6:47 PM Page 13/49

Page 50: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/50

Selection and ordering data

4 contacts · Degree of protection IP67 · 5 directions of approach · Locking force 1200 N 1). PG 13.5 threaded opening 2)

For operation, operating speed and travel, see page 13/53

Tumbler Solenoid, rated operating voltage

Slow-action contacts/ Ident. No. acc. to EN 50013

Order No. ListPrice $1 unit

Weight approx.

Position monitor-ing of solenoid

Position monitor-ing of actuator

V kg

Molded-plastic enclosures in special widthsMechanical lock, Solenoid unlock 1) 2)

6 mm stroke

• Standard, with auxiliary release, cover screw

DC 24 1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

1 NC

Ident. No. 01

3SE3 760-3XX00 230.00 0.358AC 110 3SE3 762-3XX00 0.353AC 230 3SE3 761-3XX00 230.00 0.348

DC 24 2 NC

Ident. No. 02

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE3 760-6XX00 230.00 0.357AC 110 3SE3 762-6XX00 230.00 0.350AC 230 3SE3 761-6XX00 230.00 0.350

• With auxiliary key release DC 24 1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

1 NC

Ident. No. 01

3SE3 760-3XX01 248.00 0.391AC 110 3SE3 762-3XX01 248.00 0.390AC 230 3SE3 761-3XX01 248.00 0.382

DC 24 2 NC

Ident. No. 02

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE3 760-6XX01 248.00 0.390AC 110 3SE3 762-6XX01 248.00 0.391AC 230 3SE3 761-6XX01 248.00 0.377

Solenoid lock, Mechanical 6 mm strokeunlock 1) 2) DC 24 1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

1 NC

Ident. No. 01

3SE3 750-3XX00 236.00 0.361AC 110 3SE3 752-3XX00 236.00 0.354AC 230 3SE3 751-3XX00 236.00 0.350

DC 24 2 NC

Ident. No. 02

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE3 750-6XX00 236.00 0.362AC 110 3SE3 752-6XX00 236.00 0.354AC 230 3SE3 751-6XX00 236.00 0.349

Actuator length:mm 44rotautca dradnatS• 3SX3 252 13.00 0.035

mm 63gnixif esrevsnart htiW• 3SX3 253 13.00 0.030

mm 44rotautca suidaR• 3SX3 254 16.00 0.025

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

1) Supplied without actuator.2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

3SE33 7Molded plastic enclosure with solenoid

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches with Locking

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/66, 11/59 LV10 2004

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

06IC13_043-050.qxd 2/18/06 1:44 PM Page 13/50

Page 51: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/51

3SE3 8Metal enclosure with solenoid

Interlock Switches with Locking

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/67, 11/61 LV10 2004

Safety Systems—Safety Integrated

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Selection and ordering data

4 contacts · Degree of protection IP67 · 5 directions of approach · Locking force 1200 N 1). PG 13.5 threaded opening 2)

For operation, operating speed and travel, see page 13/53

Tumbler Solenoid, rated operating voltage

Slow-action contacts/ Ident. No. acc. to EN 50013

Order No. ListPrice $1 unit

Weight per PU approx.

Position monitor-ing of solenoid

Position monitor-ing of actuator

V kg

Metal enclosures in special widthsMechanical lock, Solenoid unlock 1) 2)

6 mm stroke

• Standard, with auxiliary release, cover screw

DC 24 1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

1 NC

Ident. No. 01

3SE3 860-3XX00 301.00 0.727AC 110 3SE3 862-3XX00 294.00 0.722

AC 230 3SE3 861-3XX00 301.00 0.717

DC 24 2 NC

Ident. No. 02

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE3 860-6XX00 301.00 0.725AC 110 3SE3 862-6XX00 301.00 0.715AC 230 3SE3 861-6XX00 301.00 0.712

• With auxiliary key release DC 24 1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

1 NC

Ident. No. 01

3SE3 860-3XX01 318.00 0.756AC 110 3SE3 862-3XX01 318.00 0.755AC 230 3SE3 861-3XX01 318.00 0.750

DC 24 2 NC

Ident. No. 02

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE3 860-6XX01 318.00 0.757AC 110 3SE3 862-6XX01 318.00 0.766AC 230 3SE3 861-6XX01 318.00 0.747

Solenoid lock, 6 mm strokeMechanical unlock 1) 2) DC 24 1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

1 NC

Ident. No. 01

3SE3 850-3XX00 309.00 0.727AC 110 3SE3 852-3XX00 309.00 0.726AC 230 3SE3 851-3XX00 309.00 0.720

DC 24 2 NC

Ident. No. 02

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE3 850-6XX00 309.00 0.728AC 110 3SE3 852-6XX00 309.00 0.721AC 230 3SE3 851-6XX00 309.00 0.720

:htgneLrotautcA

mm 44rotautca dradnatS• 3SX3 252 13.00 0.035

mm 63gnixif esrevsnart htiW• 3SX3 253 13.00 0.030

mm 44rotautca suidaR• 3SX3 254 16.00 0.025

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

1) Supplied without actuator.2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

06IC13_051-058.qxd 2/18/06 1:48 PM Page 13/51

Page 52: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/52

3SE2 8Metal enclosure with solenoid

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches with Locking

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/68, 11/63 LV10 2004

Selection and ordering data

4 contacts · Moving double-break contacts · Degree of protection IP 67 · Heavy duty · Locking force 2000 N 1)2)

For operation, operating speed and travel, see page 13/53.

Tumbler/ Signaling equipment

Solenoid,ratedoperating voltage

Slow-action contacts/ Ident. No. acc. to EN 50013

Order No. ListPrice $1 unit

Weight per PU approx.

Position monitor-ing of actuator

Position monitor-ing of solenoid kg

Mechanical lock, Solenoid unlock1) 6 mm stroke• Standard, with auxiliary release,

cover screwDC 24 1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE2 840-0XX00 360.00 0.885AC 110 3SE2 842-0XX00 360.00 0.887AC 230 3SE2 841-0XX00 360.00 0.875

• Aux. key release DC 24 3SE2 840-0XX01 395.00 0.935AC 110 3SE2 842-0XX01 392.00 0.923AC 230 3SE2 841-0XX01 392.00 0.917

Solenoid lock, Mechanical unlock1)• Standard, with auxiliary release,

cover screwDC 24 3SE2 830-0XX00 360.00 0.887AC 110 3SE2 832-0XX00 360.00 0.855AC 230 3SE2 831-0XX00 360.00 0.855

Mechanical lock, Solenoid unlock1) 6 mm stroke• Standard, with auxiliary release,

cover screwDC 24 2 NC

Ident. No. 02

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

3SE2 840-6XX00 360.00 0.885AC 110 3SE2 842-6XX00 360.00 0.880AC 230 3SE2 841-6XX00 360.00 0.877

• Aux. release with lock DC 24 3SE2 840-6XX01 392.00 0.963AC 110 3SE2 842-6XX01 392.00 0.960AC 230 3SE2 841-6XX01 392.00 0.925

Solenoid lock, Mechanical unlock1)• Standard, with auxiliary release,

cover screwDC 24 3SE2 830-6XX00 360.00 0.885AC 110 3SE2 832-6XX00 360.00 0.854AC 230 3SE2 831-6XX00 360.00 0.849

Mechanical lock, solenoid unlock,with optical signaling equipment1)

6 mm stroke

• Standard, with auxiliary release, cover screw

DC 24 1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

3SE2 840-1XX00 360.00 0.874AC 110 3SE2 842-1XX00 360.00 0.890AC 230 3SE2 841-1XX00 360.00 0.870

• Standard, with auxiliary release, cover screw

DC 24 3SE2 840-1XX20 372.00 0.935AC 110 3SE2 842-1XX20 372.00 0.885AC 230 3SE2 841-1XX20 372.00 0.880

• Aux. key release DC 24 3SE2 840-1XX32 407.00 0.945AC 110 3SE2 842-1XX32 407.00 0.935AC 230 3SE2 841-1XX32 407.00 0.930

Mechanical lock, solenoid unlock1)42 CDdradnatS• 3SE2 830-1XX00 360.00 0.868

AC 110 3SE2 832-1XX00 360.00 0.854AC 230 3SE2 831-1XX00 360.00 0.876

• With optical switch indication DC 24 3SE2 830-1XX20 360.00 0.881AC 110 3SE2 832-1XX20 370.00 0.865AC 230 3SE2 831-1XX20 370.00 0.875

Actuator Length:mm 97rotautca dradnatS• 3SX3 197 13.00 0.027

- For approach from the left 132 mm 3SX3 207 14.00 0.045

- With transverse mounting 50 mm 3SX3 206 13.00 0.025

mm 05gnitnuom lacitrev htiW- 3SX3 306 13.00 0.025

mm 08rotautca suidar lasrevinU• 3SX3 203 77.00 0.118

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K

1) Supplied without actuator.2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

06IC13_051-058.qxd 2/18/06 1:49 PM Page 13/52

Page 53: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/53

3SE. 7 / 3SE. 8Molded plastic/ metal enclosure with solenoid

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches with Locking

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/69

Operation, operating speed and travel

Actuator skcolb hctiwSrab etarapes a yb noitarepO Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimumforce re-quired in di-rection of op-eration

vmax→

max. operating speeddirection of operation

Internal circuit diagramTerminal designationsacc. to EN 50 013

contact closedcontact open

Actuator in actuator head, NC is closed

With tumbler Slow-action contacts

Axial and lateralactuation(4 × 90°)

3SE3 75.-.XX.., 3SE3 76.-.XX.., 3SE3 85.-.XX.., 3SE3 86.-.XX..

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

2 NC

1 NC

Ident. No. 01

2 NC

20 N

Ident. No. 02 Ident. No. 02

Lateralactuation(4 × 90°)

3SE2 83.-.XX.., 3SE2 84.-.XX..

vmax. = 1.5 m/smax. locking force: 2000 N, duration 5 s 2)

Ident. No. 11 Ident. No. 02

10 N

Ident. No. 02 Ident. No. 02

Ident. No. 11 Ident. No. 11

1) Radius actuator (universal): Rmin > 70 mm.2) If exceeded: Internal parts destroyed.

Pg 13.5

06IC13_051-058.qxd 2/3/06 6:41 PM Page 13/53

Page 54: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/54

Dimension drawings

Molded plastic and metal enclosures3SE3 75.-.XX, 3SE3 76.-.XX, 3SE3 85.-.XX, 3SE3 86.-.XX Standard actuator 3SX3 252 3SX3 253 actuator

for transverse fixing

Radius actuator 3SX3 254

Metal enclosure, heavy dutyrotautca 791 3XS3noitautca laretal ,XX.-48 2ES3 ,XX.-.38 2ES3

for lengthwise fixing3SX3 206 actuatorfor transverse fixing

3SX3 207 actuator for approach direction from the left side

Universal radius actuator 3SX3 203

Pg 13.535

.3

M20x1.5

9

5

3SE. 7 / 3SE. 8Molded plastic/ metal enclosure with solenoid

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedInterlock Switches with Locking

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/70

06IC13_051-058.qxd 2/3/06 6:42 PM Page 13/54

Page 55: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/55

Application3SE6 magnetic systems are de-signed for mounting on movable protective guards such as cov-ers, flaps, doors, ..., etc. The magnetically operated safety switches stand out due to their

high degree of protection (IP67) and enclosed design. They are particularly suited for areas where cleaning, disinfecting or contamination plays an impor-tant role.

Magnetic switches are offered in either 1 NC / 1 NO or 2 NC con-tacts for applications up to Cate-gory 3 or Category 4 depending on the evaluation unit selected.Up to six 3TK2830 expansion

units can be connected to one 3TK282, 3TK283, 3TK284, or 3TK285 base unit.

ConstructionA complete system consists of a coded switching magnet with switch block and a safety rated evaluation unit. Spacers should

be used for mounting on ferrous metal surfaces. The switch blocks must be actuated in order to enable the safety outputs of

the safety rated evaluation unit. If some inputs are not con-nected, the unused NO inputs of the monitor must be bridged.

Compatible systems consist of the following coded switching magnets with switch blocks and safety rated evaluation units.

Magnetic Switch Overview - Compatible Systems

1) Meets Category 3 acc. to EN 954-1 2) Meets Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1

Magnet Switch Monitor 3SE6806-2CD00

The magnet switch monitor operates as a NO circuit with two floating release circuits (safety circuits); and, as a NC circuit using a floating signal circuit. The number of release circuits can be increased by adding 3TK2830 expansion modules.

Three green LEDs indicate the status of the magnet switch monitor.• LED POWER ON: Rated con-

trol supply voltage Uc is ap-plied

• LED CHA 1 ON: All NO con-tacts of the connected magnet switches are open

• LED CHA 2 ON: All NC con-tacts of the connected magnet switches are closed

Up to six magnet switches can be connected to the magnet switch monitor. Cross-circuits between the magnet switch circuits, faults to earth and wire breaks are detected by the

magnet switch monitor. “Manual start” and “Automatic start” modes can be activated by wiring terminals X1 and X2, or X1 and X3, respectively. The monitor has six current sourcing semiconductor outputs (Y1 through Y6) which indicate the status of the connected safety devices.

Compatible System

Magnet Switch Selection

CN 2ON 1 + CN 1

3SE6 605-1BA 3SE6 605-2BA 3SE6 605-3BA 3SE6 604-2BA

Relay Output 1)

Sensor Monitor 3SE6806-2CD00

Electronic Output 2)

Safety relaysSirius 3TK28 4. ———

Safety relay with contactor relaysSIRIUS 3TK28 5.

———

Safety starter (Load feeder)SIRIUS 3RA7

———

AS-Interface Safety at Work3RK1

———

SIMATIC ET200 S,PROFIsafe4/8 F-DI DC 24 V

SIMATIC ET200 M,PROFIsafeSM326 DI DC 24 V,SM326 DI 8 x NAMUR

3SE6 General data

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedMagnet Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: New Page

06IC13_051-058.qxd 11/10/05 6:46 PM Page 13/55

Page 56: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/56

Technical data

Magnet Switches

Type3SE6 60.-1BA3SE6 60.-2BA 3SE6 60.-3BA

FormM30,25 mm x 88 mm 25 mm x 33 mm

Standards DIN EN 50947-5-3Sensing type MagneticRated voltage AC/DC 100 V DC 24 VRated current 400 mA 100 mAPerformance 10 VA/W 1 WMax. switching frequency 5 HzMax. sensing distance San ... Sab 5 ... 15 mm 4 ... 14 mmHousing material Thermoplastic strengthened with glass fiberDegree of protection acc. to IEC 60529

IP67

Permissible ambient temperature

• Operating –25 to +70 °C• Storage –25 to +70 °CShock resistance 10 g/11msVibration resistance 10 ... 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude

ConductorCable LiYY 4 x 0.25 mm2

3 m lengthReceptacle, male M12, M8 -Cable length (max for connecting to monitoring unit)

1000 m 100 m

1) Utilization category per DIN VDE 0660, Part 200, IEC 60947-5-1

2) With all release circuits loaded

Magnet Switch Monitoring Unit

Type 3SE6 806-2CD00

Standards EN 954-1, EN 1088Rated control supply voltage Uc DC 24 VRated control supply voltage tolerance 0.85 ... 1.2 x Us

Rated power(without signal outputs Y1 ... Y6) 3 WMaximum load current

• Signaling circuit Y1 ... Y6 20 mA• Signaling circuit 31, 32 2 AInputs 6 sensors (1 NO or 1 NC)Outputs 6 channel status circuits

(current sourcing)1 floating signaling circuit2 release circuits

Response time

• Automatic start 150 ms typical• Manual start 25 ms typicalRelease time 20 ms max.Recovery time 350 msDegree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20Switching capacity 1)Release circuits (13, 14 and 23, 24)Continuous current, Ith 6 ARated operational current, Ie

2)• AC-15 @ 203 V 6 A• DC-13

- 24 V 6 A- 115 V 0.2 A- 230 V 0.1 A

Short circuit protection

• Fuse type DIAZED• Duty class

- gL(gC) 6 A- Quick response 10 A

Permissible ambient temperature, Tu

• Operating –25 to +45 °C• Storage –25 to +70 °C

3SE6 General data

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedMagnet Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/84

06IC13_051-058.qxd 2/18/06 1:50 PM Page 13/56

Page 57: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/57

Selection and ordering data

Design Size San ... Sab Contacts Order No. List Price $

Weightapprox.

mm mm 1 unit kg

Round sensor unit. IP67

3SE6 704-1BA 3SE6 605-1BA Switching magnet(coded)

M 30 3SE6 704-1BA 28.00 0.035

Switch block with 3 m cable

M 30 5 to 15 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE6 605-1BA 71.00 0.166

Switch block with M12, 4-pole malereceptacle1)

M 30 5 to 15 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE6 605-1BA02 99.00 0.130

Rectangular sensor unit. IP67

3SE6 605-2BA,3SE6 704-2BA

3SE6 605-3BA,3SE6 704-3BA

Switching magnet(coded)

25 × 88 3SE6 704-2BA 28.00 0.027

Switch block with 1 m cable

25 × 88 5 to 15 1 NO + 1 NC

2 NC

3SE6 605-2BA

3SE6 604-2BA

71.00

71.00

0.163

0.064

Switch block with M8 male receptacle

25 × 88 5 to 15 1 NO + 1 NC

2 NC

3SE6 605-2BA01

3SE6 604-2BA01

85.00

85.00

0.130

0.130

Switching magnet (coded)

25 x 33 3SE6704-3BA 28.00 0.014

Switch block with 3 m cable

25 x 33 4 to 14 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE6605-3BA 71.00 0.151

Accessories

3SX3 260 3SX3 261 Spacer for rectangular sensor unit

25 × 88 3SX3 260 10.00 0.018

Spacerfor rectangular sensor unit

25 × 33 3SX3 261 10.00

Rated control supply voltage

Width Enable circuits/signal. circuits

Max. number of connectable sensors

Order No. List Price $

Weightapprox.

DC V mm 1 unit kg

Monitoring units

yaler ON 24200DC2-608 6ES3enabling circuits

1 Floating signaling circuit

6 Status circuits (20 mA each)

6

1 NO + 1 NC

3SE6 806-2CD00 375.00 0.200

1) Pin 1 (S21) + Pin 2 (S22) = Normally Closed; Pin 3 (S13) + Pin 4 (S14) = Normally Open Typical 4-pole Female Plugs with black 5 meter cable include: 3RX1542 (right-angle) or 3RX1513 (straight plug).

3SE6

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedMagnet Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/83

06IC13_051-058.qxd 11/28/05 9:58 PM Page 13/57

Page 58: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/85

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Magnet SwitchesSafety Systems—Safety Integrated

3SE6

13/58

Dimension drawings

Round sensor unitsSwitch block 3SE6 605-1BA Switch block 3SE6 605-1BA02 Coded switching magnet 3SE6 704-1BA

Rectangular sensor unitsSwitch block 3SE6 605-2BA

Switching magnet without lead

Switch block3SE6 60.-2BA0.

Switch block3SE7 704-2BA

3SX3 260 spacer

tengam gnihctiws dedoCAB3-506 6ES3 kcolb hctiwS3SE6 704-3BA

3SX3 261 spacer

Monitoring unitMagnet Switch Monitor 3SE6 806-2CD00

31,65

36,2

M30

x1,5

1,548,2

M12

x1

SW 36

NS

C0_

0066

4

M

78

1,5 725

NS

C0_

0066

9

88

3

4,5

13

3,5

0,5

Ø5

60

88

5 7,545

90

100

86105

120

NSC0_00666

06IC13_051-058.qxd 12/7/05 7:26 PM Page 13/58

Page 59: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/59

3SE6

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedMagnet Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/86

Circuit diagrams

Connection exampleSingle Channel Control, Manual Start

Six Channel Control. Automatic Start

NSC0_00638a

Y11 Y12 Y32 1 Y34A1

14A2Y22Y21Y35 24

L+

M

K1 K2

BU/S12

BK/S11

WH/S21

BN/S22

BK 11

NSC0_00640a

WH 2112 BU22 BN

3SE6 604-2BA magnetically operated switch with 3TK28 safety relay, Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1

Switch block connection

The specified switching position refers to the basic position when the cover, flap etc. is closed.

3SE6 604-2BA magnetically operated switch on AS-Interface Safety at Work, safe K45F or K60F compact module, Category 4 according to EN 954-1

Abbrevitions for color designation of the connecting leads acc. to IEC 60757:BK = black BN = brownBL = blue WH = white

Power A1+, L+ Us Sensors S73, S74 Channel 1+2, NO contact (parallel))lellarap( tcatnoc ON ,4+3 lennahC48S ,38S).tnoC(CD V 42-L ,-2A)lellarap( tcatnoc ON ,6+5 lennahC49S ,39Stcatnoc CN ,1 lennahC21S ,11SsrosneS

)tcatnoc ON ytefas( 1 tiucric esaeleR41 ,31stuptuOtcatnoc CN ,2 lennahC22S ,11S)tcatnoc ON ytefas( 2 tiucric esaeleR42 ,32tcatnoc CN ,3 lennahC23S ,13S

tiucric gnilangis gnitaolF23 ,13tcatnoc CN ,4 lennahC24S ,13S6 hguorht 1 slennahC fo sutatS6Y ot 1Ytcatnoc CN ,5 lennahC25S ,15S

S51, S62 Channel 6, NC contact

Terminal Assignments

06IC13_059-064.qxd 2/3/06 6:51 PM Page 13/59

Page 60: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/60

Application

Two-hand operation consoles are required for use with ma-chines and systems that have hazardous areas, in order to di-rect both hands of the operator to one position.

Operation consoles are primarily used on presses, stamping ma-chines, printing presses and pa-per converting machines, in the chemical industry and in the rubber and plastics industries.

SpecificationsTwo-hand operation consoles fulfill the requirements laid down in DIN 24 980 and EN 574.

Construction

Equipment

All consoles are pre-equipped with SIGNUM 3SB3 control de-vices. The metal version is also available as an unequipped empty enclosure.

The plastic version can be retro-fitted with up to 8 command points, in line with the customer’s requirements. The surface of the console has premachined breaking points for this purpose.

Installation

The two-hand operation con-soles can be mounted either on the stand available or directly on the machine by means of the holes in the rear panel.

Principle of operation

The control command is given by pressing the two operating el-ements simultaneously (within

0.5 s of each other) and must be maintained for as long as a haz-ard exists.

Selection and ordering data

Dimension drawings

Design Order No. List Price $

Weightapprox.

1 unit kg

3SB38 63-4BB SIGUARD two-hand operation console

Degree of protection IP 65, acc. to DIN 24 980 (EN 574),

Standard equipment with 2 black operating elements (mushroom button 3SB30 00-1GA11, Ø 40 mm, 1 NO + 1 NC) and a red EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom button 3SB30 00-1HA20, latching Ø 40 mm, 2 NC

• Metal version

- with standard equipment 3SB38 63-4BB 400.00 2.650

- with standard equipment and 4 additional holes for control devices 22.5 mm

3SB38 63-4BA 420.00 4.800

deppiuqenu ,erusolcne ytpme-QA0–10 93BS3 3SB38 63-4BC 360.00 4.800

- floor plate 3SB39 01-0AP 25.00 0.288

• Plastic version

- with standard equipment and predeterminatedbreaking points for 8 further command points 22.5 mm

- with cable inlet holes for metric screwed cable glands 3SB38 63-1BB3 260.00 2.264

Stand for SIGUARD two-hand operation consoles 16

• with cable inlet holes for metric screwed cable glands 3SB39 01-0AQ3 420.00

3SB38 63 operation console

(metal version)

Note:Also available with AS-Interface connection, contact your local Siemensrepresentative.

3SB39 01-0AQ stand

3SB39 01-0AP floor plate

493.6240 159.6

184.

1

184.

1

3SB38

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedTwo-Hand Control On Presses

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/88

06IC13_059-064.qxd 11/28/05 9:06 PM Page 13/60

Page 61: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/61

ApplicationHinge switches are used for monitoring and protecting hinged protection equipment such as doors and flaps. They fulfill the function of provid-ing protection against personal injury. The NC contacts are pos-itively opened in accordance with IEC 60 947-5-1.

3SE2 200The 3SE2 200 hinge switches with snap-action contacts 1 NO/1 NC with an angle of operation of either 5° or 15° make "Switch-off" and "Warning" possible for the first time without a time delay with a small opening angle.

3SE2 283The 3SE2 283 hinge switch is particularly suitable for use in the doors and flaps of machines that must be closed to ensure the safety of operating person-nel. Its thin profile and compact design allow it to be directly mounted on a hinged protective cover and the stable frame.

Construction

3SE2 2003SE2 200 hinge switches are available in a molded plastic en-closure acc. to EN 50 047 Switches designed for mounting on hinges must be attached di-rectly to the hinge and guaran-tee ensured cut-off, with a high level of security against manipu-lation, even with very small opening angles. The switch but-

ton can be rotated through 4 x 90° after the four screws are unscrewed.

3SE2 283The 3SE2 283 hinge switch has an integrated electromechanical switch block that is actuated when the hinged protective cover is opened. If the cover is only opened by 4°, the normally closed contact is positively

opened by a direct (not spring-action) mechanism. These posi-tively driven contacts guarantee interruption of the electric circuit and stopping of the machine. The normally open contact is closed when the cover is moved by 13.5° (for signing purposes only).

Mounting on hinges

Technical data

3SE2 200

3SE2 283

Rated insulation voltage Ui ecnarudne lacinahceMV 005 1 × 106 operating cycles

Pollution degree ycneuqerf gnitarepO3 ssalC 30 operating cycles/hour

Conventional free air thermal current Ith lairetam erusolcnEA 01 Molded plastic

Actuating force noitcetorp fo eergeDmcN 51 IP 66

Ambient temperature –25 to +85 °C

Actuating speed minimum of 0.5 m/s Cable entry M 20 × 1.5

Conductor cross-section 2 x 2.5 mm2 / 2 x 14 AWG

Rated insulation voltage Ui ecnarudne lacinahceMV 052 >1 × 106 operating cycles

Conventional free air thermal current Ith ycneuqerf gnitarepOA 5.2 1200 operating cycles/hour

Rated operational current Ie Shock resistance 30 g/18 ms

• at AC-15, 250 V htgnerts noitarbiVA 2 20 g/10 to 200 Hz

• at DC-13, 24 V lairetam erusolcnEA 1 Molded plastic

Min. make-break capacity noitcetorp fo eergeDAm 1/V 5 > IP 65

Short-circuit protection erutarepmet tneibmAA 2 ,Gg –25 to +65 °C

Positive opening 2 mm after opening point Screw terminals 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 / 20 to 16 AWG

Cable entry 2 × M 20 x 1.5

3SE2 Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedHinge Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/71

06IC13_059-064.qxd 11/7/05 9:55 PM Page 13/61

Page 62: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/62

Selection and ordering data

2 or 3 contacts · 5° or 15° Degree of protection IP 66 (3SE2 283: IP65) · Rotatable head · M20 x 1.5 threded opening 2)

1) Supplied with switch / hinge assembly plus additional blank hinge.

2) Conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

kcolb hctiwSngiseD Molded plastic enclosure Weightapprox.

Order No. List Price $

gktinu 1

Mounting on hinges

15° switching• Solid shaft d = 10 mm

• Hollow shaft di = 8 mm

5° switching• Solid shaft d = 10 mm

• Hollow shaft di = 8 m

Snap-action contact

1 NO/1 NC

1 NO/1 NC

1 NO/1 NC

1 NO/1 NC

3SE2 200-1GA11

3SE2 200-1GA10

3SE2 200-1GA31

3SE2 200-1GA30

45.00

45.00

49.00

49.00

0.120

0.105

0.115

0.100

Hinge switch

5° switching

Slow-action contact

1 NO/2 NC 3SE2 283-0GA431) 125.00 0.4204° switching

8° switching3 NC

1 NO/2 NC3SE2 283-6GA431)

3SE2 283-0GA531)

125.00

125.00

0.420

0.800

Additional hinge 3SX3 225 35.00 0.157

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

3SE2 Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedHinge Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/72

06IC13_059-064.qxd 11/28/05 9:59 PM Page 13/62

Page 63: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/63

3SE2 Molded plastic / metal enclosure

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedHinge Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/73

Dimension drawings

Circuit diagrams, travel diagrams

Switches for mounting on hinges 3SE2 200-1 GA.0

Switches for mounting on hinged flaps 3SE2 200-1 GA.1

Hinge switches 3SE2 283-.GA43

Additional hinge 3SX3 225

M M

36

19

5

NS

C 0

061

1

714276

M20

135

44

9262

3SE2 2831 NO + 2 NC

3SE2 2001 NO + 1 NC

3SE2 2833 NC

06IC13_059-064.qxd 12/7/05 7:27 PM Page 13/63

Page 64: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/64

3SF3 Limit, interlock and cable-operated

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSwitches with Integrated AS-Interface

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: New page

Overview

It is possible to directly connect selected limited, interlock and cable-operated switches via AS-Interface with safety-oriented communication. In these cases the selected switches directly connect to the AS-Interface yellow cable and do not have to be hard-wired separately. All switches with integrated AS-Interface connect directly to the AS-Interface line (yellow cable) via a vam-pire connection (FK connector).

3SF3 Limit Switches with Integrated AS-Interface

Limit switches convert the mechanical positions of moving ma-chine components into electrical signals. These electrical sig-nals are detected by the AS-Interface master and/or safety mon-itor and are transferred to a PLC or network for processing.

3SF3 Interlock Switches with Integrated AS-Interface

Interlock switches with separate actuator are used in applica-tions in which the position of doors covers or guards have to be monitored for safety reasons.

3SF3 Interlock Switches with Integrated AS-Interface

Interlock switches with separate actuator are used in applica-tions in which the position of doors, covers or guards have to be monitored for safety reasons.

Interlock switches with electrical and/or mechanical locking are special safety devices that prevent the inadvertent or intentional opening of protective doors, guards or other covers when a dan-gerous state exists. These types of interlock switches have two main tasks:• Enabling a machine when a protective device is closed or

locked; and,• Disabling a machine when a protective device is open

All 3SF interlock switches can only be switched using a coded actuator. It is virtually impossible to bypass it manually by using a tool.

3SF3 Cable-Operated Switches with Integrated AS-Interface

Cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or for EMER-GENCY STOP functions on particularly endangered systems sections. As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is only limited by the length of the cable, large systems can be pro-tected.

Cable-operated switches with latching for implementation in EMERGENCY STOP equipment correspond to the EN 418 stan-dard.

The safety contacts of the cable-operated switch with AS-Inter-face are positively driven.

06IC13_059-064.qxd 11/10/05 6:49 PM Page 13/64

Page 65: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/65

Selection and Ordering data

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Accessories, technical specifications, contact travel, switching diagrams and dimension drawings

can be found for the basic switch in this section.

Version Order No. Basic switch 1) List Price $

1 unit

WeightApprox.kg

General informationAll products of the Section AS-Interface position switches allow positive opening according to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K

AS-Interface position switches, standardvia AS-Interface F adapter with direct AS-Interface connection to Safety at Work IP65

3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1

• Encapsulated in molded plastic,EN 50 047, 31 mm wide, slow-action contact, two NC contacts

- Rounded plungers 3SF3 200-6CV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6C 210.00 0.150

- Roller plungers 3SF3 200-6DV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6D 217.00 0.160

- Roller levers 3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6E 218.00 0.160

- Angular roller levers 3SF3 200-6FV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6F 219.00 0.165

- Lock-and-release lever 3SF3 200-6GV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6G 225.00 0.175

• Encapsulated in molded plastic, EN 50 047, 31 mm wide, snap-action contact, one NC contact

- Rounded plungers 3SF3 200-1CV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-1C 210.00 0.170

- Roller plungers 3SF3 200-1DV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-1D 218.00 0.160

- Roller levers 3SF3 200-1EV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-1E 219.00 0.180

- Angular roller levers 3SF3 200-1FV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-1F 225.00 0.175

- Lock-and-release lever 3SF3 200-1GV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-1G 225.00 0.175

3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1

• With metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 40 mm wide, slow-action contact, two NC contacts

- Rounded plungers 3SF3 120-6CV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6C 247.00 0.315

- Roller plungers 3SF3 120-6DV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6D 254.00 0.330

- Roller levers 3SF3 120-6EV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6E 250.00 0.300

- Angular roller levers 3SF3 120-6FV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6F 240.00 0.285

- Lock-and-release lever 3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6GW 251.00 0.390

• With metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 40 mm wide, snap-action contact, one NC contact

- Rounded plungers 3SF3 120-1CV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-1C 247.00 0.335

- Roller plungers 3SF3 120-1DV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-1D 254.00 0.335

- Roller levers 3SF3 120-1EV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-1E 243.00 0.302

- Angular roller levers 3SF3 120-1FV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-1F 240.00 0.295

- Lock-and-release lever 3SF3 120-1GW00-0BA1 3SE2 120-1GW 251.00 0.390

3SF Limit switches

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSwitches with Integrated AS-Interface

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 7/17 IKPI 2005

06IC13_065-068.qxd 11/28/05 9:19 PM Page 13/65

Page 66: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/66

3SF Limit and interlock switches

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSwitches with Integrated AS-Interface

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 7/18 IKPI 2005

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

1) Accessories, technical specifications, contact travel, switching diagrams and dimension drawings. can be found for the basic switch in this section.

Version Order No. Basic switch 1) List Price $1 unit

WeightApprox.kg

AS-Interface position switch, standard, with M12 connector M12 connector for connecting an additional position switch Direct AS-Interface connection to Safety at Work can be used for up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1, IP65

3SF3 210-0DV00-0BA2

• Encapsulated in molded plastic, EN 50 047, 50 mm wide, slow-action contact, 1 NC contact- Rounded plungers - 3SF3 210-0CV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-0C 218.00 0.220

- Roller plungers - 3SF3 210-0DV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-0D 226.00 0.205

- Roller levers - 3SF3 210-0EV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-0E 227.00 0.120

- Angular roller levers - 3SF3 210-0FV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-0F 227.00 0.120

- Lock-and-release lever - 3SF3 210-0GV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-0G 233.00 0.240

• Encapsulated in molded plastic, EN 50 047, 50 mm wide, snap-action contact, one NC contact- Rounded plungers - 3SF3 210-1CV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-1C 218.00 0.220

- Roller plungers - 3SF3 210-1DV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-1D 226.00 0.120

- Roller levers - 3SF3 210-1EV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-1E 227.00 0.225

- Angular roller levers - 3SF3 210-1FV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-1F 227.00 0.220

- Lock-and-release lever - 3SF3 210-1GV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-1G 233.00 0.240

3SF3 100-0EV00-0BA2

• With metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 56 mm wide, slow-action contact, 1 NC contact- Rounded plungers - 3SF3 100-0CV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-0C 247.00 0.380

- Roller plungers - 3SF3 100-0DV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-0D 254.00 0.400

- Roller levers - 3SF3 100-0EV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-0E 243.00 0.180

- Angular roller levers - 3SF3 100-0FV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-0F 240.00 0.295

- Lock-and-release lever - 3SF3 100-0GW00-0BA2 3SE2 100-0GW 251.00 0.295

• With metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 56 mm wide, snap-action contact, 1 NC contact- Rounded plungers - 3SF3 100-1CV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-1C 247.00 0.390

- Roller plungers - 3SF3 100-1DV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-1D 254.00 0.295

- Roller levers - 3SF3 100-1EV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-1E 243.00 0.365

- Angular roller levers - 3SF3 100-1FV00-0BA2 3SE2 100-1F 240.00 0.295

- Lock-and-release lever - 3SF3 100-1GW00-0BA2 3SE2 100-1GW 251.00 0.445

AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuatorWith direct AS-Interface connection to Safety at Work IP65, slow-action contact, 2 NC contacts

3SF3 120-6XX00-0BA1

• Encapsulated in molded plastic, lateral operation, fixing acc. to EN 50 047

3SF3 200-6XX03-0BA1 3SE2 200-6XX03 200.00 0.180

• Encapsulated in molded plastic, front end operation, fixing acc. to EN 50 047

3SF3 200-6XX04-0BA1 3SE2 200-6XX04 200.00 0.195

• Encapsulated in molded plastic, lateral and axial operation, 52 mm wide

- Extraction force 30 N - 3SF3 243-0XX00-0BA1 3SE2 243-0XX 200.00 0.260

- Extraction force 5 N - 3SF3 243-0XX40-0BA1 3SE2 243-0XX40 200.00 0.220

- Automatic ejection - 3SF3 243-0XX30-0BA1 3SE2 243-0XX30 200.00 0.225

• With metal enclosure, fixing acc. to EN 50 041 3SF3 120-6XX00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6XX 210.00 0.440

Actuator for "AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator"• For AS-Interface position switch, encapsulated in molded

plastic, 52 mm wide

htgnel/htdiw erusolcnEepyT

Standard (rmin = 150 mm) vvv 27 mm 3SX3 218 5.00 0.022Universal radius (rmin = 45mm) 33 mm 3SX3 228 12.00 0.025• For AS-Interface position switch metal enclosure,

mounting to EN 50 041htgnel/htdiw erusolcnEepyT

Standardv 79 mm 3SX3 197 13.00 0.027With transverse mounting 50 mm 3SX3 206 13.00 0.025With vertical mounting 50 mm 3SX3 306 13.00 0.025Universal radius 80 mm 3SX3 203 77.00 0.118

2)

2) Discount Code: Limit Switches.

06IC13_065-068.qxd 2/18/06 1:51 PM Page 13/66

Page 67: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/67

3SF Interlock switches

Safety Systems—Safety SwitchesSwitches with Integrated AS-Interface

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 7/19 IKPI 2005

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.1) Accessories, technical specifications, contact travel, switching diagrams and dimension drawings

can be found for the basic switch in this section.

Version Order No. Basic switch 1) List Price $1 unit

Weightapproxkg

3SF3 257-6XX00-0BA2

AS interface position switch, with separate actuator and M12 connectorM12 connector for connecting an additional position switchDirect AS-Interface connection to Safety at WorkCan be used for up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1IP65Slow-action contact, 1 NC contactEncapsulated in molded plasticLateral and front operation, 52 mm wide

• Extraction force 30 N 3SF3 257-6XX00-0BA2 3SE2 257-6XX 210.00 0.230

• Extraction force 5 N 3SF3 257-6XX40-0BA2 3SE2 257-6XX40 210.00 0.255

• Automatic ejection 3SF3 257-6XX30-0BA2 3SE2 257-6XX30 210.00 0.260

Actuator for "AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator and M12 plug"

Type Enclosure width/length

Standard (rmin = 150 mm)

27 mm 3SX3 218 5.00 0.022

Universal radius(rmin = 45 mm)

33 mm 3SX3 228 12.00 0.025

3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1

3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1

AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator and tumblerWith direct AS-Interface connection to Safety at WorkIP65, Pg 13.5Solenoid voltage 24 V DCMonitoring of actuator and solenoid position

• Plastic enclosure

- Locking force 1200 N, spring-locked 3SF3 760-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 760-6XX00 400.00 0.600

- Locking force 1200 N, solenoid-locked 3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 750-6XX00 400.00 0.625

• Metal enclosure

- Locking force 1200 N, spring-locked 3SF3 860-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 860-6XX00 450.00 0.800

- Locking force 1200 N, solenoid-locked 3SF3 850-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 850-6XX00 450.00 0.970

- Locking force 2000 N, spring-locked 3SF3 840-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 840-6XX00 525.00 1.105

- Locking force 2000 N, solenoid-locked 3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 830-6XX00 525.00 1.075

Actuator for "AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator and tumbler"

Position switch type Actuator type

Enclosure width/length

Plastic enclosure, metal enclosure 1200 N

Standard 3SX3 252 13.00 0.035

With transverse fixing

3SX3 253 13.00 0.030

Radius 3SX3 254 16.00 0.025

Metal enclosure 2000 N Standard 79 mm 3SX3 197 13.00 0.027

Standard, for approach from the left

132 mm 3SX3 207 14.00 0.045

Standard, with transverse mounting

50 mm 3SX3 206 13.00 0.025

Standard, withvertical mounting

50 mm 3SX3 306 13.00 0.025

Universal radius 80 mm 3SX3 203 77.00 0.118

06IC13_065-068.qxd 2/18/06 1:52 PM Page 13/67

Page 68: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/68

3SF Cable-operated switches

Safety Systems—Safety IntegratedSwitches with Integrated Safety

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: SIRIUS Safety Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 7/20 IKPI 2005

Selection and Ordering data

1) Accessories, technical specifications, contact travel, switching diagrams and dimension drawings can be found for the basic switch in this section.

2) Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K

Version Order No. Basic switch 1) List Price $1 unit

Weightapprox.kg

General informationAll products of the Section AS-Interface cable-operated switches allow positive open-ing according to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K

AS-Interface cable-operated switcheswith direct AS-Interface connection to Safety at WorkMetal housing with dust protectionCan be used up to category 4 acc. to EN 954-1IP65Latching acc. to EN 418Pushbutton unlatching2 NC contacts 2)

• For cable lengths up to 10 m, with adjustment window

3SF2 120-1BF00-0BA1 3SE7 120-1BF00 353.00 0.620

• For cable lengths up to 25 m, with adjustment window

3SF2 150-1BF00-0BA1 3SE7 150-1BF00 361.00 0.630

• For cable lengths up to 50 m 3SF2 140-1BF00-0BA1 3SE7 140-1BF00 654.00 0.917

06IC13_065-068.qxd 11/29/05 1:10 PM Page 13/68

Page 69: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/69

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210 / 3SE2 230Molded plastic enclosure

3SE Interrnational Limit Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/11, 13/6

Position Switches

Features

• UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE. Meets or exceeds other local and international standards

• Miniature (31mm) or wide miniature (50 mm) housings. Best suited in limited space applications

• Nine field interchangeable operating heads (12 variations). Interchangeable on the miniature (31 mm) and wide miniature (50 mm) styles. Reduces inventory and inventory costs

• Electrically isolated, double bridge contacts. Provides electrical flexibility

• Direct opening action (positive opening of the NC contact)

• NEMA A600, Q600 contact ratings

• Designed to EN 50047 and EN 50041 standards. True international acceptance

ApplicationThe function of position switches (limit switches) is to produce electrical signals corresponding to the positions of moving ma-chinery.The units are suitable for use in virtually any climate.The 3SE2 200 and 3SE2 210 po-sition switches with the excep-tion of types 3SE2 2.0-8. are also suitable in accordance with cer-tificate of conformity BVS No.

89.B. 1015 for EEx zones (po-tentially explosive atmosphere) according to EEx ia I.

SpecificationsIEC 60 947-5-1, or EN 60947-5-1The safety requirements of "total insulation" are guaranteed by the use of plastic for the enclo-sure and molded plastic scew glands.3SE2 200 and 3SE2 210 position switches with molded plastic en-closures comply with the acci-

dent prevention guidelines of the Swiss Accident Insurance Authority (SUVA). The following actuator types have been approved:• Plain plunger –. B• Overtravel plunger –. C• Roller plunger –. D• Roller lever –. E• Angular roller lever –. F• Roller crank –. G• Overtr. plunger M 18 × 1 –. L• Roller plunger M 18 × 1 –.M

Safety position switches3SE22 switches can be used as safety position switches in con-trol systems conforming to IEC 60 204-1, or EN 60204-1.For implementation as safety po-sition switches and/or position switches with a safety function, the devices must be mounted at a spacing of 20 mm (30 mm) and the switch must be locked with a pin or fitted with a stop.

Design

3SE2 limit switches meet or exceed the requirements of NEMA, EEMAC, UL, CSA, IEC, VDE and other local, national & international standards.The switch housing consists of a glass-reinforced fiber, flame- retardant molded plastic which is resistant to most shocks, impacts and cutting oils. The cover is captive to the switch body. The threaded cable entry is M20 × 1.5 and may be converted to 1/2”-NPT via a separately provided adaptor (3SX9918 or 3SX1998). The body

has longitudinal holes, permitting mounting with M4 screws. Housing size and mounting dimensions conform to EN 50 041 or EN 50 047. The molded housing does not require grounding. The housing is protected against the penetration of dust and water jets coming from virtually any direction. The contacts are pressed into the switch body. When the cover is opened, the switching chamber is protect by a guard preventing the ingress of contaminates.

ContactsPosition switches (limit switches) are available with snap-action contacts, slow-action contacts or slow-action make-before-break contacts.The movable normally closed and normally open switch contacts are electrically isolated from each other and are suitable for switching voltages of different potentials.The contact blocks for 3SE2230 series are field replaceable and are the same contact blocks used in the 3SE2100, 3SE2120, and 3SE3170 metal series.

Contact reliabilityThe movable switch contacts are double moving contacts. This increases the contact reliability even when the switch has to be operated with low voltages and currents, e. g. DC 5 V/1 mA. The switching point of the snap action contacts is independent of the switching speed.

Principle of operation

Positive opening

The NC contacts of the switch are forced open mechanically, positively-driven and reliably by the plunger (positive opening).

In order to ensure this positive opening, the position switch must be actuated in such a way that the values specified for pos-itive opening under nominal travel (Pages 13/76 to 13/80)have been definitely exceeded.

Position switches that display this symbol are suitable for use in safety applications.

06IC13_069-070.qxd 10/27/05 8:21 PM Page 13/69

Page 70: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/70

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210 / 3SE2 230Molded plastic enclosure

3SE Interrnational Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Technical data

1) Without any welds acc. to IEC 60947-S-1.

2) 3SE22.0-8..00 = 0.27A

3) 3SE22.0-8..00 = 0.10A

4) Refer to Section 19 General Information, for NEMA Control Circuit Ratings.

s, u and U ratings (only 3SE. 200, 3SE. 210)

• rated voltage 600 V

• continuous current 10 A

• switching capacity Heavy Duty, A 600/Q 600

- for 3SE. 2.0–8. Heavy Duty, A 300/Q 300

Rated insulation voltage Ui 500 V

Pollution degree Class 3

Short circuit protection1), DIAZED-fuse links Utilization category gL/gG 6 A, quick response characteristic 10 A

Rated operational voltage Ue AC 500 V, over AC 380 V only for equal potential

AC 500 V, over AC 300 V only for equal potential (3SE22.0-8..00)

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith 10 A

Rated operational current Ie4) AC, 40 to 60 Hz DC

Ue Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15 Ue Ie / DC-12 Ie / DC-13

V A A V A A

24 10 10 24 10 10

125 10 10 48 6 4

230 10 6 110 4 1

400 10 4 220 1 0.42)

500 10 3 440 0.5 0.23)

Mechanical endurance 30 ×106 operating cycles (15 ×106 for 3SE2 2.0-8.)

Electrical endurance 10 ×106 operating cycles with 3RH11, 3RT10 16, 3RT10 26 contactors

• for AC-15 duty 0.5 ×106 operating cycles when interrupting Ie / AC-15 at 230 V

• for DC-13 duty With DC the contact endurance depends not only on the breaking current but also on the voltage, the circuit inductance and the speed of switching. No generally valid information can be given.

Operating frequency 6 ×10³ operating cycles per hour with 3RH11, 3RT10 16, to 3RT10 26 contactors

Operating accuracy 0.05 mm for repeated switching, measured at the plunger of the switch block.

Operating point with snap-action contacts independent of contact wear constant throughout the life of the switch

Ambient temperature –30 to +85 °C (-22 °F to 185 °F)

Degree of protection DIN VDE 0470 and IEC 60 529 IP 67 (IP 66 for 3SE. 230)

Cable entry

• 3SE2 200, 3SE2 230 M 20 × 1.5

• 3SE2 210 2 × (M 20 × 1.5)

Conductor cross-sections

• solid 2 × 2.5 mm² (2 × 14 AWG)

• finely stranded with end sleeve 2 × 1.5 mm² (2 × 16 AWG)

Installation angle any

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/12, 13/7

06IC13_069-070.qxd 10/27/05 8:22 PM Page 13/70

Page 71: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/71

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see Page 13/75).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

3) Switch body with contact block. All operating heads fit on these switch bodies.

Selection and ordering data2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 047M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/76 to 13/80.

31 mm wide 50 mm wide 2) Actuator design to EN 50 047

Enclosure width

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Weightapprox.with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Identification number 11acc. to EN 50 013

Identification number 02 acc. to EN 50 013

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1 mm) Preferred type 1 unit 1 unit kg

Overtravel plunger3) B 31 3SE2 200-0C 30.00 3SE2 200-6C 30.00 0.060

– 50 3SE2 210-0C 38.00 – 0.080

Roller plunger C 31 3SE2 200-0D 38.00 3SE2 200-6D 37.00 0.065

(3SX3170) – 50 3SE2 210-0D 46.00 – 0.085

Roller lever E 31 3SE2 200-0E 39.00 3SE2 200-6E 38.00 0.064

(3SX3171) – 50 3SE2 210-0E 47.00 – 0.085

Angular roller lever

(3SX3172)

– 31 3SE2 200-0F 39.00 3SE2 200-6F 39.00 0.065

– 50 3SE2 210-0F 47.00 – 0.085

Roller crank

• finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°(3SX3173)

A 31 3SE2 200-0G 45.00 3SE2 200-6G 45.00 0.080

– 50 3SE2 210-0G 53.00 – 0.100

• adjustable length,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°(3SX3174)

– 31 3SE2 200-0U 51.00 3SE2 200-6U 50.00 0.100

– 50 3SE2 210-0U 59.00 – 0.110

Rod actuator,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• Molded plastic rod(3SX3175)

– 31 3SE2 200-0W 54.00 3SE2 200-6W 54.00 0.100

– 50 3SE2 210-0W 62.00 – 0.120

• Aluminum rod(3SX3176)

– 31 3SE2 200-0V 51.00 3SE2 200-6V 51.00 0.105

– 50 3SE2 210-0V 59.00 – 0.120

• Spring rod – 31 3SE2 200-0S 54.00 3SE2 200-6S 54.00 0.115

(3SX3177) – 50 3SE2 210-0S 62.00 – 0.120

Overtravel plunger,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread(3SX3180)

– 31 3SE2 200-0L 47.00 3SE2 200-6L 47.00 0.080

– 50 3SE2 210-0L 55.00 – 0.085

Roller plunger,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread(3SX3181)

– 31 3SE2 200-0M 49.00 3SE2 200-6M 49.00 0.085

– 50 3SE2 210-0M 57.00 – 0.085

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/13, 13/8

06IC13_071-076.qxd 11/30/05 8:31 PM Page 13/71

Page 72: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/72

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see Page 13/75).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

3) Switch body with contact block. All operating heads fit on these switch bodies.

Selection and ordering data2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 047 · Special width 50 mm ·M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/76 to 13/80.

31 mm wide 50 mm wide 2) Actuator design to EN 50 047

Enclosure width

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Weightapprox.with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action make-before-

break contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Identification number 20acc. to EN 50 013

Identification number 11 acc. to EN 50 013

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1 mm) 1 unit 1 unit kg

Overtravel plunger3) B 31 3SE2 200-7C 30.00 3SE2 200-3C 30.00 0.060

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3C 30.00 0.076

Roller plunger C 31 3SE2 200-7D 37.00 3SE2 200-3D 38.00 0.065

(3SX3170) – 50 – 3SE2 210-3D 38.00 0.085

Roller lever E 31 3SE2 200-7E 38.00 3SE2 200-3E 39.00 0.065

(3SX3171) – 50 – 3SE2 210-3E 39.00 0.085

Angular roller lever – 31 3SE2 200-7F 38.00 3SE2 200-3F 39.00 0.066

(3SX3172) – 50 – 3SE2 210-3F 39.00 0.085

Roller crank

• finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°(3SX3173)

A 31 3SE2 200-7G 45.00 3SE2 200-3G 45.00 0.080

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3G 45.00 0.100

• adjustable length,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°(3SX3174)

– 31 3SE2 200-7U 50.00 3SE2 200-3U 51.00 0.100

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3U 51.00 0.090

Rod actuator,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• Molded plastic rod(3SX3175)

– 31 3SE2 200-7W 54.00 3SE2 200-3W 54.00 0.100

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3W 54.00 0.115

• Aluminium rod(3SX3176)

– 31 3SE2 200-7V 51.00 3SE2 200-3V 51.00 0.100

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3V 51.00 0.125

• Spring rod(3SX3177)

– 31 3SE2 200-7S 54.00 3SE2 200-3S 54.00 0.110

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3S 54.00 0.145

Overtravel plunger,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread(3SX3180)

– 31 3SE2 200-7L 47.00 3SE2 200-3L 47.00 0.085

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3L 47.00 0.100

Roller plunger,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread(3SX3181)

– 31 3SE2 200-7M 49.00 3SE2 200-3M 49.00 0.087

– 50 – 3SE2 210-3M 49.00 0.130

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/14, 13/9

06IC13_071-076.qxd 11/30/05 8:32 PM Page 13/72

Page 73: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/73

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see page 13/75).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

3) Switch body with contact block. All operating heads fit on these switch bodies.

Selection and ordering data2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 047M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/76 to 13/80.

.

31 mm wide 50 mm wide 2) Actuator design to EN 50 047

Enclosure width

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Weightapprox.with 2 snap-action contacts with 2 snap-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm

stroke

Identification number 11acc. to EN 50 013

Identificat. number 02 acc. to EN 50 013

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. List Price $

Actuator1 mm) 1 unit 1 unit kg

Overtravel plunger3) B 31 3SE2 200-1C 30.00 3SE2 200-8CV00 30.00 0.060

– 50 3SE2 210-1C 38.00 3SE2 210-8CV00 30.00 0.105

Roller plunger C 31 3SE2 200-1D 38.00 3SE2 200-8DV00 37.00 0.105

(3SX3170) – 50 3SE2 210-1D 46.00 3SE2 210-8DV00 38.00 0.115

Roller lever E 31 3SE2 200-1E 39.00 3SE2 200-8EV00 38.00 0.105

(3SX3171) – 50 3SE2 210-1E 47.00 3SE2 210-8EV00 39.00 0.115

Angular roller lever – 31 3SE2 200-1F 39.00 3SE2 200-8FV00 38.00 0.106

(3SX3172) – 50 3SE2 210-1F 47.00 3SE2 210-8FV00 39.00 0.124

Roller crank

• finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°(3SX3173)

A 31 3SE2 200-1G 45.00 3SE2 200-8GV00 45.00 0.135

– 50 3SE2 210-1G 53.00 3SE2 210-8GV00 45.00 0.100

• adjustable length,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°(3SX3174)

– 31 3SE2 200-1U 51.00 3SE2 200-8UV00 50.00 0.150

– 50 3SE2 210-1U 59.00 3SE2 210-8UV00 51.00 0.145

Rod actuator,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• Molded plastic rod(3SX3175)

– 31 3SE2 200-1W 54.00 3SE2 200-8WV00 54.00 0.160

– 50 3SE2 210-1W 62.00 3SE2 210-8WV00 54.00 0.175

• Aluminium rod(3SX3176)

– 31 3SE2 200-1V 51.00 3SE2 200-8VV00 51.00 0.170

– 50 3SE2 210-1V 59.00 3SE2 210-8VV00 51.00 0.180

• Spring rod(3SX3177)

– 31 3SE2 200-1S 54.00 3SE2 200-8SV00 54.00 0.090

– 50 3SE2 210-1S 62.00 3SE2 210-8SV00 54.00 0.130

Wobble spring(3SX3178)

– 31 3SE2 200-1R 50.00 3SE2 200-8RV00 50.00 0.125

– 50 3SE2 210-1R 58.00 – 0.106

Overtravel plunger,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread(SX3180)

– 31 3SE2 200-1L 47.00 – 0.085

– 50 3SE2 210-1L 55.00 – 0.100

Roller plunger,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread(3SX3181)

– 31 3SE2 200-1M 49.00 – 0.070

– 50 3SE2 210-1M 57.00 – 0.100

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/15, 13/10

06IC13_071-076.qxd 11/30/05 8:33 PM Page 13/73

Page 74: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/74

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210 specialsMolded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/15, 13/11

Selection and ordering data2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 · EN 50 047 M12 Receptacle · Stainless steel roller · Chlorine boot · Short stroke · Teflon plunger

31 mm wide 50 mm wide 2 rotautcA)design to EN 50 047

Enclosure width

3SE. position switches Weightapprox.with 2 snap-action contacts

6 mm stroke

Identification number 11 acc. to EN 50 013switch block 3SE3 000-1A

List Price $

Actuator7 mm) Order No. 1 unit kg

Overtravel plunger5)

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle (3SY3127)6)

• with stainless steel roller

• with chlorine boot1)

• with short stroke4)

• with teflon plunger3)

B

B

B

B

-

B

-

31

31

31

31

50

31

50

3SE2200-1CV00-0AC4

-

3SE2200-1CV00-0AH0

3SE2200-1CV01

3SE2210-1CV01

3SE2200-1XH

3SE2210-1XH

61.00

36.00

36.00

44.00

35.00

44.00

0.080

0.060

0.060

0.075

0.060

0.070

(3SX3170)

Roller plunger C 31

with 4-pole male receptacle

• (3SY3127)6)

• with stainless steel roller

• with chlorine boot1)

3SE2200-1DV00-0AC4

3SE2200-1DV00-0AA3

-

69.00

50.00

0.085

0.060

(3SX3171)

Roller lever E 31

with 4-pole, M12 male

• receptacle (3SY3127)6)

• with stainless steel roller

• with chlorine boot1)

3SE2200-1EV00-0AC4

3SE2200-1EV00-0AA3

-

70.00

51.00

0.080

0.070

(3SX3172)

Angular roller lever F 31

with 4-pole, M12 male

• receptacle (3SY3127)6)

• with stainless steel roller

• with chlorine boot1)

3SE2200-1FV00-0AC4

3SE2200-1FV00-0AA3

-

70.00

51.00

0.100

0.065

(3SX3173)

Roller crank A 31

• finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle (3SY3127)6)

• with stainless steel roller

• with chlorine boot1)

3SE2200-1GV00-0AC4

3SE2200-1GV00-0AA3

-

76.00

57.00

0.095

0.100

(3SX3174)

• adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle (3SY3127)6)

• with stainless steel roller

• with chlorine boot1)

3SE2200-1UV00-0AC4

3SE2200-1UV00-0AA3

3SE2200-1UV00-0AH0

82.00

62.00

57.00

0.100

0.100

0.100

(3SX3178)

Wobble spring

with 4-pole, M12 male

• receptacle (3SY3127)6)

• with stainless steel roller

• with chlorine boot1)

B

B

B

31

31

31

-

-

3SE2200-1RV00-0AH0 56.00 0.090

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K

1) Provides high resistance to acids, ozone or sunlight.

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.3) Optimized for lateral actuatuion and enhanced

Overtravel plunger abrasive chaacteristics.4) 1.2 mm travel, 0.6 mm hysteresis. Standard

switch 6 mm travel.

5) Switch body with contact block. All operating heads fit on these switch bodies.

6) Wiring Diagram - see page 13/90.7) The actuator heads can be subsequently

exchanged (see page 13/75).

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/76 to 13/80.

06IC13_071-076.qxd 11/30/05 8:33 PM Page 13/74

Page 75: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/75

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

3SE International Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/16, 13/12

Accessories

Actuators for 3SE2 200 and 3SE2 210 position switches

The actuator heads can be sub-sequently replaced with other variants 1).

The basic version is the 3SE2 2.0-.C overtravel plunger. All the

actuator heads listed below can be fitted to this.

Actuator with mounting screws Diag. No.

For position switches 3SE2 200 –@@3SE2 210 –@@

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.kg1 unit

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

9

Roller plunger

• standard roller

• stainless steel roller

1 –. D

3SX3170

3SX3267

8.00

20.00

0.012

0.020

Roller lever

• standard roller

• stainless steel roller

2 –. E

3SX3171

3SX3276

9.00

30.00

0.009

0.020

Angular roller lever

• standard roller

• stainless steel roller

3 –. F

3SX3172

3SX3274

9.00

21.00

0.010

0.015

Roller crank operating headwithout lever

NotShown

3SX3270 9.00 0.020

Roller crank

• finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• standard roller

• lever with stainless steel roller(operating head not included)

4

NotShown

–. G 3SX3173

3SX3271

15.00

27.00

0.030

0.020

• Adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• standard roller

• lever with stainless steel roller(operating head not included)

5 –. U 3SX3174

-

21.00 0.040

Rod actuatorfinely adjustable form 10° to 10°

• molded plastic rod, 200 mm

• molded plastic rod, 300 mm(operating head not included)

• aluminum rod

• spring rod

6

NotShown

6

6

–. W

–. W

–. V

–. S

3SX3175

3SX3300

3SX3176

3SX3177

24.00

31.00

21.00

24.00

0.040

0.060

0.048

0.037

Wobble spring2)

• standard

• stainless steel, 50 mm

7 –. R

3SX3178

3SX3310

20.00

36.00

0.025

0.025

Overtravel plunger, central fixing with M 18 x 1 thread

8 –. L 3SX3180 17.00 0.027

Roller plunger, central fixing withM 18 x 1 thread

9 –. M 3SX3181 19.00 0.027

1) Not for position switches with separate actuators and for 3SE. 200–1XH and 3SE. 210–1XH position switches.

2) Not for snap action contacts.

06IC13_071-076.qxd 11/30/05 8:34 PM Page 13/75

Page 76: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/76

Operation, operating speed and travel of actuators

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax

SH

operat. pt. acc. to EN 50 047max. operating speed

travel acc. to EN 50 047travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 047travel acc. to EN 50 047contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Overtravel plunger, Type B along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis along plunger axis

3SE2 200–.C, 3SE2 210–.C

vmax. = 1 m/s

vmax. = 0.5 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 9 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC with make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

2 NO

Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Roller plunger, Type C along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis along plunger axis

3SE2 200–.D, 3SE2 210–.D

vmax. = 1 m/s

vmax. = 1 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 9 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC with make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

2 NO

Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

NS

C00

035

S=

27±

2

27

21-2

2

0 mm

13-1

4

25,5**

28*

16,5

NS

C00

037

S=1

8,5±

2

11-1

2

0 mm

21-2

2

18,5*

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/17, 13/13

06IC13_071-076.qxd 11/8/05 8:44 AM Page 13/76

Page 77: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/77

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/18, 13/14

Operation, operating speed and travel of actuators

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax

SH

operating point acc. to EN 50 047max. operating speedtravel acc. to EN 50 047travel differencedirection of operation

terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 047travel acc. to EN 50 047contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller lever, Type E perpendicular to plunger axis

3SE2 200–.E, 3SE2 210–.E

vmax. = 1 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 9 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Angular roller lever along plunger axis along plunger axis

3SE2 200–.F, 3SE2 210–.F

vmax. = 1 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 9 N

The approach example is applicable for 3SE2 200 and is not possible for 3SE2 210 in this form.

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

2 NO

Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

NSC00043

S=12±2

1221-22

0

mm13-14

14**

9*

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

06IC13_077-082.qxd 11/8/05 1:49 PM Page 13/77

Page 78: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/78

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/19, 13/15

Operation, operating speed and travel of actuators

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax

SH

operating point acc. to EN 50 047 max. operating speedtravel acc. to EN 50 047travel differencedirection of operation

terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

ref. line acc. to EN 50 047travel acc. to EN 50 047contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller crank, Type A perpendicular to plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

3SE2 200–.G

vmax. = 1 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 18 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

2 NO

Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Roller crank perpendicular to plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis

adjustable length,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

3SE2 200–.U, 3SE2 210–.U

vmax. = 1 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 18 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

23

NSC00064

S=23±2

11-12

mm21-22

13

0

*

06IC13_077-082.qxd 11/9/05 2:43 PM Page 13/78

Page 79: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/79

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/20, 13/16

Operation, operating speed and travel of actuators

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax

operating point acc. to EN 50 047max. operating speeddirection of operation

terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-line

*

ref. line acc. to EN 50 047contact closedcontact openoperating point on return

Rod actuator in direction of rotation in direction of rotation

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

3SE2 200–.W,3SE2 210–.W

3SE2 200–.V,3SE2 210–.V

3SE2 200–.S,3SE2 210–.S

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 18 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

2 NO

Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Spring rod perpendicular to plunger axis

3SE2 200–1R, 3SE2 210–1R

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 18 N

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

06IC13_077-082.qxd 11/9/05 2:43 PM Page 13/79

Page 80: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/80

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/21, 13/17

Operation, operating speed and travel of actuators

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax

SH

operating point acc. to EN 50 047max. operating speedtravel acc. to EN 50 047travel differencedirection of operation

terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 047travel acc. to EN 50 047contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Overtravel plunger along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis along plunger axis

Central mounting with M 18 thread

3SE2 200–.L, 3SE2 210–.L

vmax. = 1 m/s

vmax. = 0.5 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 9 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

Ident. No. 11

2 NO

2NOIdent. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Overtravel plungerCentral mounting with M 18 thread

3SE2 200–.M, 3SE2 210–.M

vmax. = 1 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 9 N

vmax. = 1 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 9 N

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

06IC13_077-082.qxd 11/14/05 11:47 AM Page 13/80

Page 81: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/81

3SE2 200 / 3SE2 210Molded plastic enclosure, 31 and 50 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/22, 13/18

Dimension drawings

3SE2 200 and 3SE2 210 3SE2 200, narrow enclosure acc. to EN 50 047, with overtravel plunger, Type B

3SE2 210, wide enclosure, with overtravel plunger

E epyT ,revel relloRC epyT ,regnulp relloR

* Lever in final position

Angular roller lever

* Lever in final position

regnulp levartrevOA epyT ,knarc relloR ,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread

Roller plunger,central fixing with M 18 × 1 thread

gnirps elbboWrotautca doRhtgnel elbatsujda ,knarc relloR

06IC13_077-082.qxd 10/19/05 2:32 PM Page 13/81

Page 82: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/82

3SE2 230Molded plastic enclosure, 40mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/24, 13/19

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 66 degree of protection · EN 50 041 · M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

The switch has the same construction as the 3SE2 120-.. metal-enclosed switch detailed on Pages 13/87 to 13/91. For operation, operating speed and travel or angle see Pages 13/100 to 13/105.

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Weightapprox.

40 mm wide 2) with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Actuator design to EN 50 041

Identification number 11 acc. to EN 50 013

Identification number 02acc. to EN 50 013

Identification number 20acc. to EN 50 013

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. List Price $

Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1)Diagram No. 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit kg

1

2

3

4

Overtravel plunger B 1 3SE2 230-0C 38.00 3SE2 230-6C 38.00 3SE2 230-7C 38.00 0.115Roller plunger C 2 3SE2 230-0D 41.00 3SE2 230-6D 41.00 3SE2 230-7D 41.00 0.120Roller lever – 3 3SE2 230-0E 44.00 3SE2 230-6E 44.00 3SE2 230-7E 44.00 0.130Angular roller lever,molded plastic act.

– 4 3SE2 230-0F 43.00 3SE2 230-6F 43.00 3SE2 230-7F 43.00 0.135

Roller crank

• finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°

A 5 3SE2 230-0GW 48.00 3SE2 230-6GW 48.00 3SE2 230-7GW 48.00 0.150

• adjustable length,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

– 6 3SE2 230-0U 57.00 3SE2 230-6U 57.00 3SE2 230-7U 57.00 0.160

Rod actuator D 7• molded plastic rod 3SE2 230-0W 58.00 3SE2 230-6W 58.00 3SE2 230-7W 58.00 0.160• Aluminium rod 3SE2 230-0V 56.00 3SE2 230-6V 56.00 3SE2 230-7V 56.00 0.170Switch body withswitch block without actuator

3SE2 230-0A 31.00 3SE2 230-6A 31.00 3SE2 230-7A 31.00 0.095

5

6

7

8

40 mm wide 2) 3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches

with 2 slow-action make before-break contacts

with 2 snap-action contacts with 2 snap-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Identification number 11acc. to EN 50 013

Identification number 11 acc. to EN 50 013

Identification number 02 acc. to EN 50 013

Overtravel plunger B 1 3SE2 230-3C 31.00 3SE2 230-1C 38.00 3SE2 230-8CV00 38.00 0.125Roller plunger C 2 3SE2 230-3D 38.00 3SE2 230-1D 41.00 3SE2 230-8DV00 41.00 0.130Roller lever – 3 3SE2 230-3E 41.00 3SE2 230-1E 44.00 3SE2 230-8EV00 44.00 0.130Angular roller lever,molded plastic act.

– 4 3SE2 230-3F 44.00 3SE2 230-1F 43.00 3SE2 230-8FV00 43.00 0.132

Roller crank

• finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°

A 5 3SE2 230-3GW 43.00 3SE2 230-1GW 48.00 3SE2 230-8GW00 48.00 0.155

• adjustable length,finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

– 6 – 3SE2 230-1U 57.00 3SE2 230-8UW00 57.00 0.160

Rod actuator D 7• molded plastic – 3SE2 230-1W 58.00 3SE2 230-8WW00 58.00 0.160• Aluminium – 3SE2 230-1V 56.00 3SE2 230-8VW00 56.00 0.170Wobble spring – 8 – 3SE2 230-1R 81.00 3SE2 230-8RV00 81.00 0.150Switch body withswitch block without actuator

3SE2 230-3A 31.00 3SE2 230-1A 31.00 3SE2 230-8AV00 31.00 0.095

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently replaced with other variants (see following page).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

06IC13_077-082.qxd 2/18/06 1:53 PM Page 13/82

Page 83: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/83

3SE2 230Molded plastic enclosure, 40mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/25, 13/20

Selection and ordering data

Actuator heads for 3SE2 230 position switchesThe actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged.

1) Only for snap-action contacts.

Operating mechanism with mounting screws and gasket

For position switches 3SE. 2230 –

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

1 unit kg

Overtravel plunger –.C 3SX3160 18.00 0.021

Roller plunger

• molded plastic roller, 13 mm dia. (standard)

• stainless steel roller, 13 mm dia.

–.C

3SX3161

3SX3262

23.00

35.00

0.024

0.010

Roller lever

• molded plastic roller, 22 mm dia. (standard)

–.E

3SX3164 27.00 0.034

Angular roller lever

• molded plastic roller, 22 mm dia. (standard)

–.F

3SX3168 27.00 0.036

Roller crank

• finely adjustable from 10° to 10° (supplied with operating head & lever)

• molded plastic roller, 19 mm dia. (standard)–.GW

3SX3167 32.00 0.048

Adjustable Roller crank

• finely adjustable from 10° to 10° (supplied with operating head & adjustable lever)

• molded plastic roller, 19 mm dia. (standard)–.U

3SX3163 37.00 0.058

Rod Actuator, adjustable length

(supplied with operating head & rod)

• aluminum rod

• molded plastic roller, 22 mm dia. (standard)

–.V

–.W

3SX3165

3SX3166

40.00

37.00

0.069

0.061

Wobble spring1) standard –.R

• spring 50 mm, plastic rod 50 mm (standard) 3SX3210 41.00 0.051

• spring 50 mm, stainless steel rod 50 mm 3SX3281 77.00 0.060

• spring 150 mm, stainless steel rod 50 mm 3SX3311 82.00 0.080

• spring 23.5 mm, plastic rod 10 mm 3SX3282 66.00 0.020

• spring 23.5 mm, plastic rod 50 mm 3SX3285 66.00 0.020

• spring 50 mm, plastic rod 50 mm (standard)with increased corrosion protection

• spring 150 mm, plastic rod 50 mm

3SX3284

3SX3283

85.00

66.00

0.050

0.070

Roller crank operating head(without lever)

–.GW, -.U, -.V, -.W3SX3305 12.00 0.030

Roller crank levers(operating head not included)

• finely adjustable from 10° to 10° –.GW

• molded plastic roller, 19 mm dia. (standard) 3SX3212 9.00 0.020

• stainless steel roller, 19 mm dia. 3SX3265 21.75 0.025

• molded plastic roller, 30 mm dia. 3SX3278 17.00 0.020

• molded plastic roller, 50 mm dia. 3SX3301 18.00 0.020

• U.-.aid mm 05 ,rellor rebbur 3SX3280 16.00 0.020

• adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• molded plastic roller, 19 mm dia. (standard) 3SX3213 24.00 0.024

• stainless steel roller, 19 mm dia. 3SX3268 37.00 0.030

• molded plastic roller, 30 mm dia. 3SX3302 30.00 0.025

• rubber roller, 50 mm dia. 3SX3304 32.00 0.020

3SX3160

3SX3161

3SX3164

3SX3168

3SX3167

3SX3163

3SX3165

3SX3210

06IC13_083-088.qxd 12/14/05 4:48 PM Page 13/83

Page 84: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/84

3SE2 230Molded plastic enclosure, 40mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/26, 13/21

06IC13_083-088.qxd 10/28/05 1:15 PM Page 13/84

Page 85: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/85

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 303 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure and open type

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/27, 13/22

Features

• UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE. Meets or exceeds most local, national and international standards.

• Standard (40 mm) or Wide (56 mm) die-cast aluminum housing. Offers increased wiring space, additional cable

entry options and corrosion resistant housing

• Standard (40 mm) offerings can accomodate both U.S. 29.4 [1.16] × 59.5 [2.34] and DIN 30 [1.18] × 60 [2.36] mounting dimensions

• Nine field interchangeable operating heads (12 variations). Interchangeable on both the standard (40 mm) and wide (56 mm) styles. Reduces inventory and inventory costs

• Field replaceable, electrically isolated, double bridge

contacts. Provides electrical flexibility and ease of maintenance

• Direct opening action (positive opening) of the NC contact

• NEMA A600, Q600 contact ratings

ApplicationThe function of position switches (limit switches) is to produce electrical signals corresponding to the positions of moving ma-chinery.The units are suitable for use in virtually any climate.

SpecificationsIEC 60 947-5-1.

The 3SE2 100 and 3SE2 120 po-sition switches correspond to Swiss regulations (SUVA). The following actuator types have been approved:

• Plunger –. B• Overtravel plunger –. C• Roller plunger –. D• Roller lever –. E• Angular roller lever –. F• Roller crank –. GWIn addition, the open-type 3SE3 position switches and the 3SE3 switch inserts are also permit-ted.

Safety position switchesThe 3SE. position switches with metal enclosures and snap-ac-tion contacts as well as devices with slow-action contacts can be used as safety position switches in control systems conforming to EN 60 204-1, or IEC 60 204-1.

Construction3SE position switches are avail-able in die-cast standard (40 mm) or wide (50 mm) aluminum enclosures or as open-type units.The 3SE2 120/3SE3 170 position switches with standard enclo-sure, overtravel plunger, roller plunger, rod and roller crank ac-tuators, conform to EN 50 041. These specifications define the most important mounting dimen-sions, operating points, enclo-sure types and actuator types.Position switches have one or three cable entries. The cable entry has a 1/2”-NPT (3SE3) or M20 x 1.5 (3SE2) threaded metal wire opening. (see also Accessories, Page 13/97)

ActuatorsAll actuators can be retro-fitted or exchanged for another ver-sion. They can also be reposi-tioned every 90° so that the switches can be operated from any of the four sides.• The position switches with

roller lever are approached perpendicular to the plunger axis and position switches with angular roller lever are ap-proached in parallel with the plunger axis.

• The roller crank actuators, ad-justable-length roller crank actu-ators and rod actuators can be operated from both sides and be positioned from 10° to 10° on the actuating spindle. The roll-ers of the actuators are made from wear resistant plastic.

• The wobble spring can be ap-proached from any direction.

• The forked lever actuator has two defined switching posi-tions. The actuating element causes changeover from one position to the other. This actu-ator is suitable for two-channel operation.

The open-type 3SE. position switches are available exclu-sively with a plunger actuator.Important: The 3SE. position switches with metal enclosure are not permit-ted to be used as stops.

ContactsThe position switches (limit switches) are available with snap-action contacts, slow-ac-tion contacts or slow-action make-before-break contacts.

The 3SE. position switches with a metal enclosure are available with 2, 3 or 4 contacts.The movable normally closed and normally open switch con-tacts are electrically isolated from each other and are suitable for switching voltages of differ-ent potentials.

Contact reliabilityThe movable switch contacts are double moving contacts. This increases the contact reli-ability even when the switch has to be operated with low voltages and currents, e. g. DC 5 V/1 mA.The switching point of the snap action contacts is independent of the switching speed.The contact chamber is covered to prevent ingress of foreign bodies.

Principle of operation

Positive opening

The opening contacts of the switch are forced open mechan-ically, positively-driven and reli-ably by the plunger (positive-opening).

In order to ensure this positive opening, the position switch must be actuated in such a way that the nominal travel (Pages 13/100 to 13/112) and angle for the positive opening are sub-stantially exceeded.

Position switches that display this symbol are suitable for use in safety applications.

06IC13_083-088.qxd 10/31/05 3:42 PM Page 13/85

Page 86: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/86

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 303 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure and open type, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/28, 13/23

Technical data

1) Without any welding acc. to DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

2) 3SE21.0 - and 3SE3170 - 8..00: 0.27A

3) 3SE21.0 - and 3SE3170 - 8..00: 0.10A

4) Refer to Section 19, General Infor-mation for NEMA Control and Circuit Ratings.

s, u and U ratings (with metal enclosure)

• rated voltage AC 600 V

• continuous current 10 A

• switching capacity Heavy Duty, A 600/Q 600

- for 3SE. ...–8. Heavy Duty, A 300/Q 30

Rated insulation voltage Ui 500 V

Pollution degree Class 3

Short circuit protection1), DIAZED-fuse links Utilization category gL/gG 6 A, quick response characteristic 10 A

Rated operational voltage Ue AC 500 V, over 300 V only for equal potential (3SE21.0-and 35E3170-8..00) AC 500 V, over AC 380 V only for equal potential

Conventional free-air thermal current Ith 10 A

Rated operational current Ie4) AC 40 to 60 Hz DC

Ue Ie / AC-12 Ie / AC-15 Ue Ie / DC-12 Ie / DC-13

V A A V A A

24 10 10 24 10 10

125 10 10 48 6 4

230 10 6 110 4 1

400 10 4 220 1 0.42)

500 10 3 440 0.5 0.23)

Mechanical endurance 30 ×106 operating cycles (15 ×106 for 3SE3 2.0-8.)

Electrical endurance 10 ×106 operating cycles with 3RH11, 3RT10 16, 3RT10 17, 3RT10 24 to 3RT10 26 (3TH4, 3TF40 to 3TF43) contactors

• for AC-15 duty 0.5 ×106 operating cycles when interrupting Ie / AC-15 at 230 V

• for DC-13 duty With DC the contact endurance depends not only on the breaking current but also on the voltage, the circuit inductance and the speed of switching. No generally valid information can be given.

Operating frequency 6 ×10³ operating cycles per hour with 3RH11, 3RT10 16, 3RT10 17, 3RT10 24 to 3RT10 26 (3TH4, 3TF40 to 3TF43) contactors

Operating accuracy 0.05 mm for repeated switching, measured at the plunger of the switch block.

Operating point With snap-action contacts independent of contact wear constant throughout the life of the switch

Ambient temperature –30 to +85 °C (-22 to +185°F)

Degree of protection DIN VDE 0470 and IEC 60 529

• with metal enclosure IP 67

• open-type IP 20 (terminals), IP 40 (switching chamber)

• electrical plug and socket connection IP 65

Enclosure cable entry 1 × 1/2”-NPT (3SE3); 1 x M 20 × 1.5 (3SE212) or 3 x M20 x 1.5 (3SE2100, 2303, 2404)

Conductor cross-sections

• solid 2 × 2.5 mm² (2 × 14 AWG)

• finely stranded with end sleeve 2 × 1.5 mm² (2 × 16 AWG)

Installation angle Any

Enclosure material Metal (GD – AlSi 12)

Protective conductor terminal M 3.5 inside enclosure

06IC13_083-088.qxd 11/30/05 11:20 PM Page 13/86

Page 87: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/87

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/29, 13/24

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 041

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/100 to 13/105.

40 mm wide 56 mm wide 2) Actuator design to EN 50 041

Enclosure width

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Weight approx.with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Identification number 11acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 000-0A

Identification number 02acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 000-6A

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1) mm 1 unit 1 unit kgPlunger – 40 3SE@ 1@0-0B 50.00 3SE@ 1@0-6B 50.00 0.190(3SX3100) 56 3SE2 100-0B 50.00 3SE2 100-6B 50.00 0.220

Overtravel plunger B 40 3SE@ 1@0-0C 67.00 3SE@ 1@0-6C 67.00 0.230(3SX3106) 56 3SE2 100-0C 67.00 3SE2 100-6C 67.00 0.258

Roller plunger C 40 3SE@ 1@0-0D 74.00 3SE@ 1@0-6D 74.00 0.250(3SX3107) 56 3SE2 100-0D 74.00 3SE2 100-6D 74.00 0.280

Roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3102)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-0E 63.00 3SE@ 1@0-6E 63.00 0.21056 3SE2 100-0E 63.00 3SE2 100-6E 63.00 0.240

Angular roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3104)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-0F 60.00 3SE@ 1@0-6F 60.00 0.22556 3SE2 100-0F 60.00 3SE2 100-6F 60.00 0.240

Roller crank

• finely adjustable Afrom 10° to 10°(3SX3211 + 3SX3212)

40 3SE@ 1@0-0GW 71.00 3SE@ 1@0-6GW 71.00 0.30556 3SE2 100-0GW 71.00 3SE2 100-6GW 71.00 0.335

• adjustable length, finely – adjustable from 10° to 10°(3SX3211 + 3SX3213)

40 3SE@ 1@0-0UW 87.00 3SE@ 1@0-6UW 87.00 0.31556 3SE2 100-0UW 87.00 3SE2 100-6UW 87.00 0.333

Rod actuator

finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°

D

• Molded plastic rod(3SX3211 + 3SX3215)

40 3SE@ 1@0-0WW 82.00 3SE@ 1@0-6WW 82.00 0.31556 3SE2 100-0WW 82.00 3SE2 100-6WW 83.00 0.348

• Aluminum rod(3SX3211 + 3SX3214)

40 3SE@ 1@0-0VW 83.00 3SE@ 1@0-6VW 83.00 0.32156 3SE2 100-0VW 83.00 3SE2 100-6VW 83.00 0.354

Switch body with switch blockwithout actuator

4056

3SE@ 1@0-0A3SE2 100-0A

44.0044.00

3SE@ 1@0-6A3SE2 100-6A

44.0044.00

0.1750.203

Order No. suffix• with metric connecting thread M 20 × 1.5

I.E. 3SE@1 @0 • with 1/2” - NPT connecting thread

I.E. 3SE@1 @0

2 . 2

3 . 7

2 . 2

3 . 7

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see Page 13/95).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

2 2

3 7

06IC13_083-088.qxd 2/18/06 1:55 PM Page 13/87

Page 88: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/88

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/30, 13/25

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 041

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/100 to 13/105.

40 mm wide 56 mm wide 2) Actuator design to EN 50 041

Enclosure width

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Weight approx.with 2 slow-action contacts with 2 slow-action make before-

break contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Identification number 20acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 000-7A

Identification number 11acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 000-3A

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1) mm 1 unit 1 unit kgPlunger – 40 3SE@ 1@0-7B 50.00 3SE@ 1@0-3B 50.00 0.195(3SX3100) 56 3SE2 100-7B 50.00 3SE2 100-3B 50.00 0.220

Overtravel plunger B 40 3SE@ 1@0-7C 67.00 3SE@ 1@0-3C 67.00 0.230(3SX3106) 56 3SE2 100-7C 67.00 3SE2 100-3C 67.00 0.259

Roller plunger C 40 3SE@ 1@0-7D 74.00 3SE@ 1@0-3D 74.00 0.252(3SX3107) 56 3SE2 100-7D 74.00 3SE2 100-3D 74.00 0.277

Roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3102)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-7E 63.00 3SE@ 1@0-3E 63.00 0.20956 3SE2 100-7E 63.00 3SE2 100-3E 63.00 0.239

Angular roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3104)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-7F 60.00 3SE@ 1@0-3F 60.00 0.22056 3SE2 100-7F 60.00 3SE2 100-3F 60.00 0.236

Roller crank

• finely adjustable Afrom 10° to 10°(3SX3211 + 3SX3212)

40 3SE@ 1@0-7GW 75.00 3SE@ 1@0-3GW 71.00 0.30556 3SE2 100-7GW 71.00 3SE2 100-3GW 71.00 0.328

• adjustable length, finely – adjustable from 10° to 10°(3SX3211 + 3SX3213)

40 3SE@ 1@0-7UW 87.00 3SE@ 1@0-3UW 87.00 0.31556 3SE2 100-7UW 87.00 3SE2 100-3UW 87.00 0.336

Rod actuator

finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°

D

• Molded plasticrod(3SX3211 + 3SX3215)

40 3SE@ 1@0-7WW 82.00 3SE@ 1@0-3WW 82.00 0.19056 3SE2 100-7WW 83.00 3SE2 100-3WW 83.00 0.200

• Aluminum rod(3SX3211 + 3SX3214)

40 3SE@ 1@0-7VW 83.00 3SE@ 1@0-3VW 83.00 0.19056 3SE2 100-7VW 83.00 3SE2 100-3VW 83.00 0.200

Switch body with switch blockwithout actuator

4056

3SE@ 1@0-7A3SE2 100-7A

44.0044.00

3SE@ 1@0-3A3SE2 100-3A

44.0044.00

0.1750.203

Order No. suffix• with metric connecting thread M 20 × 1.5

I.E. 3SE@1 @0• with 1/2” - NPT connecting thread

I.E. 3SE@1 @0

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

2 . 2

3 . 7

2 . 2

3 . 7

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see Page 13/95).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

2 2

3 7

06IC13_083-088.qxd 2/18/06 1:55 PM Page 13/88

Page 89: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/89

3SE2120 SpecialsMetal enclosure, 40 and 56mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/31,13/26

@

2

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 041

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/100 to 13/105.

40 mm wide 56 mm wide 2) Actuator design to EN 50 041

Enclosure width

3SE. position switches 3SE3 position switches Weight approx.with 2 snap-action contacts with 2 snap-action contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm strokeIdentification number 11acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 000-1A 2)

Identification number 02 acc. to EN 50 013 switch block 3SE3 000-8AV00 2)

Order No. ListPrice $

Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1) mm 1 unit 1 unit kgPlunger – 40 3SE@ 1@0-1B 50.00 3SE@ 1@0-8BV00 50.00 0.190(3SX3100) 56 3SE2 100-1B 50.00 3SE2 100-8BV00 50.00 0.225

Overtravel plunger B 40 3SE@ 1@0-1C 67.00 3SE@ 1@0-8CV00 67.00 0.230(3SX3106) 56 3SE2 100-1C 67.00 3SE2 100-8CV00 67.00 0.260

Roller plunger C 40 3SE@ 1@0-1D 74.00 3SE@ 1@0-8DV00 74.00 0.255(3SX3107) 56 3SE2 100-1D 74.00 3SE2 100-8DV00 74.00 0.279

Roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3102)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-1E 63.00 3SE@ 1@0-8EV00 63.00 0.21056 3SE2 100-1E 63.00 3SE2 100-8EV00 63.00 0.239

Angular roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3104)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-1F 60.00 3SE@ 1@0-8FV00 60.00 0.22556 3SE2 100-1F 60.00 3SE2 100-8FV00 60.00 0.242

Roller crank

• finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°

(3SX3211 + 3SX3212)

A 40 3SE@ 1@0-1GW 71.00 3SE@ 1@0-8GW00 71.00 0.305

56 3SE2 100-1GW 71.00 3SE2 100-8GW00 71.00 0.331

• adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

(3SX3211 + 3SX3213)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-1UW 87.00 3SE@ 1@0-8UW00 87.00 0.31556 3SE2 100-1UW 87.00 3SE2 100-8UW00 87.00 0.336

Rod actuator

finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°

D

• Molded plastic rod 40 3SE@ 1@0-1WW 82.00 3SE@ 1@0-8WW00 82.00 0.315(3SX3211 + 3SX3215) 56 3SE2 100-1WW 82.00 3SE2 100-8WW00 82.00 0.346• Aluminum rod 40 3SE@ 1@0-1VW 83.00 3SE@ 1@0-8VW00 83.00 0.320(3SX3211 + 3SX3214) 56 3SE2 100-1VW 83.00 3SE2 100-8VW00 83.00 0.355Wobble spring – 40 3SE@ 1@0-1R 81.00 3SE@ 1@0-8RV00 81.00 0.230(3SX3126) 56 3SE2 100-1R 81.00 3SE2 100-8RV00 81.00 0.270

Fork lever, latching(3SX3127 + 3SX3115)

– 40 3SE@ 1@0-1T 117.00 – 0.34056 3SE2 100-1T 117.00 – 0.360

Switch body

with switch blockwithout actuator

4056

3SE@ 1@0-1A

3SE2 100-1A

44.00

44.00

3SE@ 1@0-8AV00

3SE3 100-8AV00

44.00

44.00

0.1750.203

Order No. suffix• with metric connecting thread M 20 x 1.5

I.E. 3SE@1@0• with 1/2” - NPT connecting thread

I.E.

2 . 2

3 . 7

2 . 2

3 . 7

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see Page 13/95).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

2

33SE 1@07

06IC13_089-094.qxd 2/18/06 1:57 PM Page 13/89

Page 90: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/90

3SE2120 SpecialsMetal enclosure, 40mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:9/31, 13/27

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 041 · with 4-pole or 5-pole male receptacle

Wiring Diagram for M12 Connections

40 mm wide Actuator design toEN 50 041

Enclosure width

3SE3 position switches Weight approx.with 2 snap-action contacts

6 mm stroke

Identification number 11acc. to EN 50 013.switch block 3SE3 000-1A)

Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1 mm) 1 unit kg

Plunger

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

– 40

3SE2 120-1BV00-0AC4

3SE2 120-1BV00-0AC5

67.00 0.200

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle 70.00 0.200

Overtravel plunger B 40

3SE2 120-1CV00-0AC4

3SE2 120-1CV00-0AC5

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle

84.00

87.00

0.200

0.200

Roller plunger C 40

3SE2 120-1DV00-0AC4

3SE2 120-1DV00-0AC5

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle

91.00

94.00

0.265

0.265

Roller lever

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle

– 40

3SE2 120-1EV00-0AC4

3SE2 120-1EV00-0AC5

80.00

83.00

0.225

0.200

Angular roller lever

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle

– 40

3SE2 120-1FV00-0AC4

3SE2 120-1FV00-0AC5

67.00

70.00

0.230

0.230

Roller crank

• finely adjustable from 10º to 10º

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

A 40

3SE2 120-1GW00-0AC4 88.00 0.310

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle

• adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10º to 10º

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle

3SE2 120-1GW00-0AC5 91.00 0.310

3SE2 120-1UW00-0AC4 104.00 0.325

Switch body with contact blockwithout operating head

– 40

• with 4-pole, M12 male receptacle

• with 5-pole, M12 male receptacle

3SE2 120-1AV00-0AC4

3SE2 120-1AV00-0AC5

61.00

64.00

0.180

0.180

M12Pin

Limit Switch,Snap-Action Contacts 22) Typical M12 Cable3)

4-poleConnection

5-poleConnection

4-wireConnection

5-wireConnection

1 21 21 Brown Brown

2 22 22 White White

3 13 13 Blue Blue

4 14 14 Black Black

5 N/A Ground N/A Green

Positive opening acc. to IEC60 947-5-1, Appendix K

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see Page 13/95).2) 21 & 22 = Normally Closed; 13 & 14 = Normally Open.

3) Typical M12 female plug with 5 meter cable. 4-pole 5-poleRight-angle 3RX1542 3RX1631Straight 3RX1513 3RX1570

Metal enclosure

4-pole 5-poleMale Receptacle

06IC13_089-094.qxd 11/29/05 6:10 PM Page 13/90

Page 91: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/91

3SE2 120 SpecialsMetal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/31, 13/28

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · EN 50 0411 or 2 LEDs · Stainless steel roller/rod · Increased corrosion protection

40 mm wide 2) Actuatordesign to EN 50 041

Enclosure width

3SE3 position switches Weightapprox.with 2 snap-action contacts

6 mm strokeIdentification number 11acc. to EN 50 013switch block 3SE3 000-8AV00 2)

ListPrice $

Actuator 1 mm) Order No. 1 unit kg

Plunger• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3) 5)• with increased corrosion protection

– 403SE2120-1AV00-0AF0 + 3SX3100

3SE2 120-1BV00-0AK0

5)

52.000.220

0.200

Overtravel plunger• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3) 5)• with increased corrosion protection

B 403SE2120-1AV00-0AF0 + 3SX3106

3SE2 120-1CV00-0AK0

5)

69.00

0.260

0.240

Roller plunger• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with 2 LED, 24 V, yellow & green4)• with stainless steel roller• with increased corrosion protection

C 403SE2120-1DV00-0AF0

3SE2120-1DV00-0AF1

3SE2120-1DV00-0AA3

3SE2120-1DV00-0AK0

99.00

108.00

92.00

76.00

0.250

0.250

0.255

0.250

Roller leverActuator made of moulded plastic

• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with stainless steel roller• with increased corrosion protection

– 40

3SE2120-1EV00-0AF0

3SE2120-1EV00-0AA3

3SE2120-1EV00-0AK0

88.00

85.00

65.00

0.215

0.200

0.210

Angular roller lever• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with stainless steel roller• with increased corrosion protection

– 40-

3SE2120-1FV00-0AA3

3SE2120-1FV00-0AK0

82.00

62.00

0.240

0.210

Roller crank• finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with stainless steel roller• with increased corrosion protection

• adjustable length, finely adjustablefrom 10° to 10°

• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with stainless steel roller• with increased corrosion protection

A 40

3SE2120-1GW00-0AF0

3SE2120-1GW00-0AA3

3SE2120-1GW00-0AK0

3SE2120-1UW00-0AF0

3SE2120-1UW00-0AA3

3SE2120-1UW00-0AK0

96.00 0.305

93.00 0.315

73.00

112.00

109.00

89.00

0.310

0.310

0.315

0.315

Rod actuatorfinely adjustable from 10° to 10°

D 40

-

3SE2120-1WW00-0AK0

-

3SE2120-1VW00-0AK0

• molded plastic rod

• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)

• with increased corrosion protection 84.00 0.315

• aluminum rod

• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with increased corrosion protection 85.00 0.320

Wobble spring – 40-

3SE2120-1RV00-0AL0

3SE2120-1RV00-0AK0

• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with stainless steel roller• with increased corrosion protection

78.00

83.00

0.200

0.200

Fork lever, latching• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with stainless steel roller• with increased corrosion protection

– 40-

3SE2120-1TV00-0AA3

3SE2120-1TV00-0AK0

220.00

119.00

0.355

0.345

Switch body with contact blockwithout operating head• with 1 LED, 24 V, yellow3)• with 2 LEDs, 24 V, yellow & green4)

– 40

3SE2120-1AV00-0AF0

3SE2120-1AV00-0AF1

69.00

78.00

0.185

0.200

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see Page 13/95).2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

3) The switch contacts have changed from their normal state.4) Green LED – There is power to the switch. Yellow LED – The switch

contacts have changed from their normal state.5) Two parts required. Order separately.

06IC13_089-094.qxd 12/1/05 12:23 AM Page 13/91

Page 92: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/92

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170, 3SE2 230

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/31, 13/29

Selection and ordering data

Switch Bodies with replaceable contact block without operating head

3SE2100, 3SE2120, 3SE2230 and 3SE3170 limit switches with field replaceable contact blocks may be provided as complete devices; or, separately as components; switch body, operating head and lever (if applicable).Switch Bodies are complete except for the operating head and lever (if applicable). The contact blocks are field replaceable and have a molded plastic housing in which the fixed contacts and the terminals are located.Operating Heads include the necessary hardware to mount to the selected Switch Body and may require an Operating Lever.

Plunger, Overtravel Plunger, Roller Plunger, Roller Lever, Angular Roller Lever and Wob-ble Spring operating heads are complete so only a Switch Body is required.Side rotary operating heads such as Roller Crank, Adjustable Roller Crank, Fork Lever and Rod Actuator require a side rotary Oper-ating Head and a suitable Lever. Therefore three parts are required for a complete switch; Switch Body, Operating Head, suitable Lever.

Operating heads for the 3SE2100, 3SE2120 and 3SE3170 series are interchangeable with each other and the various contact con-figurations. The same operating heads are also used in the 3SE2303 and 3SE2404 se-ries. These switches are not available in parts.Operating heads for the 3SE2230 series are interchangeable with the various contact configurations and may also require a lever (side rotary operating head).

Metal Housing40 mm 1) 56 mm1)

Molded Plastic Housing40 mm2)

3SE2 1203SE3 170

3SE2 100 3SE2 230

Contact Arrangement

1 NO + 1 NCSlow-action

1 NO + 1 NCSnap-action

1 NO + 1 NC,Slow-action

Make-Before-Break2 NC

Slow-action2 NO

Slow-action2 NC

Snap-action

Order No.

List Price $1 Unit

WeightApprox.

kg Order No.

List Price $1 Unit

WeightApprox.

kg Order No.

List Price $1 Unit

WeightApprox.

kg Order No.

List Price $1 Unit

WeightApprox.

kg Order No.

List Price $1 Unit

WeightApprox.

kg Order No.

List Price $1 Unit

WeightApprox.

kg

56 mm Wide Metal Housing with M20 x 1.5 Threaded Opening

3SE2100-0A 44.00 0.202 3SE2100-1A 44.00 0.203 3SE2100-3A 44.00 0.205 3SE2100-6A 44.00 0.200 3SE2100-7A 44.00 0.203 3SE2100-8AV00 44.00 0.175

40 mm Wide Metal Housing with M20 x 1.5 Threaded Opening

3SE2120-0A 44.00 0.175 3SE2120-1A 44.00 0.175 3SE2120-3A 44.00 0.175 3SE2120-6A 44.00 0.175 3SE2120-7A 44.00 0.190 3SE2120-8AV00 44.00 0.175

40 mm Wide Metal Housing with M20 x 1.5 Threaded Opening and One 24V LED

— — — 3SE2120-1AV00-0AF0 69.00 0.185 — — — — — — — — — — — —

40 mm Wide Metal Housing with M20 x 1.5 Threaded Opening and Two 24V LEDs

— — — 3SE2120-1AV00-0AF1 78.00 0.200 — — — — — — — — — — — —

40 mm Wide Metal Housing with M12 male Receptacle, 4-Poles

— — — 3SE2120-1AV00-0AC4 61.00 0.180 — — — — — — — — — — — —

40 mm Wide Metal Housing with M12 male Receptacle, 5-Poles

— — — 3SE2120-1AV00-0AC5 64.00 0.180 — — — — — — — — — — — —

40 mm Wide Metal Housing with 1/2” NPT Threaded Opening

3SE3170-0A 44.00 0.171 3SE3170-1A 44.00 0.169 3SE3170-3A 44.00 0.182 3SE3170-6A 44.00 0.174 3SE3170-7A 44.00 0.170 3SE3170-8AV00 44.00 0.170

40 mm Wide Plastic Housing with M20 x 1.5 Threaded Opening

3SE2230-0A 31.00 0.095 3SE2230-1A 31.00 0.100 3SE2230-3A 31.00 0.095 3SE2230-6A 31.00 0.095 3SE2230-7A 31.00 0.095 3SE2230-8AV00 31.00 0.130

Switch Body with Contact Block without Operating Head

1) Shown with operating head. See catalog page 13/95 and 13/96 for operating heads and levers.

Ho

usi

ng

Sty

le

2) Shown with operating head. See catalog page 13/83 for operating heads and levers.

06IC13_089-094.qxd 2/18/06 1:58 PM Page 13/92

Page 93: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/93

3SE2 303Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/32, 13/30

Selection and ordering data

3 contacts · Wide enclosure · Moving double break contacts · IP 67 degree of protection · M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/106 to 13/112.

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Wghtapprox.56 mm wide 2) with mit 3 slow-action

contactswith mit 3 slow-action contacts

with 3 slow-action make-before-break contacts

with 3 slow-actionmake-before-breakcontacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Identification number 12acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 003-0A

Identification number 21acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 003-1A

Identification number 12acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 003-2A

Identification No. 21 acc. to EN 50 013, switch block 3SE3 003-3A

Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No. List Price $

Actuator 1 ) 1 unit kg

Plunger

(3SX3100)

3SE2 303-0B 3SE2 303-1B 3SE2 303-2B 3SE2 303-3B 99.00 0.310

Overtravel plunger

(3SX3106)

3SE2 303-0C 3SE2 303-1C 3SE2 303-2C 3SE2 303-3C 94.00 0.332

Roller plunger

(3SX3107)

3SE2 303-0D 3SE2 303-1D 3SE2 303-2D 3SE2 303-3D 102.00 0.356

Roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic

(3SX3102)

3SE2 303-0E 3SE2 303-1E 3SE2 303-2E 3SE2 303-3E 91.00 0.314

Angular roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic

(3SX3104)

3SE2 303-0F 3SE2 303-1F 3SE2 303-2F 3SE2 303-3F 87.00 0.330

Roller crank

• finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

(3SX3211 + 3SX3212)

3SE2 303-0GW 3SE2 303-1GW 3SE2 303-2GW 3SE2 303-3GW 98.00 0.411

• adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

(3SX3211 + 3SX3213)

3SE2 303-0UW 3SE2 303-1UW 3SE2 303-2UW 3SE2 303-3UW 114.00 0.415

Rod actuator

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• Molded plastic rod

(3SX3211 + 3SX3215)

3SE2 303-0WW 3SE2 303-1WW 3SE2 303-2WW 3SE2 303-3WW 111.00 0.416

• Aluminum rod

(3SX3211 + 3SX3214)

3SE2 303-0VW 3SE2 303-1VW 3SE2 303-2VW 3SE2 303-3VW 111.00 0.425

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see page 13/95).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

06IC13_089-094.qxd 11/29/05 6:12 PM Page 13/93

Page 94: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/94

3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/33, 13/31

Selection and ordering data

4 contacts · Wide enclosure · Moving double-break contacts · Degree of protection IP 67 · M20 x 1.5 connecting thread

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Pages 13/100 to 13/105.

3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches 3SE. position switches Wghtapprox.56 mm wide 2) with 4 snap-action contacts with 4 slow-action contacts with 4 slow-action make before-

break contacts

6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke 6 mm stroke

Identification number 22acc. to EN 50 013

Switch block 3SE3 000-1A Switch block 3SE3 010-1A

Identification number 22acc. to EN 50 013

Switch block 3SE3 000-0A Switch block 3SE3 010-0A

Identification number 22acc. to EN 50 013

Switch block 3SE3 000-3A Switch block 3SE3 010-3A

Order No.ListPrice $ Order No.

ListPrice $ Order No.

ListPrice $

Actuator 1) 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit kg

Plunger(3SX3100)

3SE2 404-1B 121.00 3SE2 404-0B 121.00 3SE2 404-2B 121.00 0.380

Overtravel plunger(3SX3106)

3SE2 404-1C 138.00 3SE2 404-0C 138.00 3SE2 404-2C 138.00 0.400

Roller plunger(3SX3107)

3SE2 404-1D 189.00 3SE2 404-0D 147.00 3SE2 404-2D 147.00 0.420

Roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3102)

3SE2 404-1E 136.00 3SE2 404-0E 136.00 3SE2 404-2E 136.00 0.381

Angular roller lever

Actuator made of molded plastic(3SX3104)

3SE2 404-1F 132.00 3SE2 404-0F 132.00 3SE2 404-2F 132.00 0.400

Roller crank

• finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

(3SX3211+3SX3212)

3SE2 404-1GW 181.00 3SE2 404-0GW 141.00 3SE2 404-2GW 141.00 0.480

• adjustable length, finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

(3SX3211+3SX3213)

3SE2 404-1UW 161.00 3SE2 404-0UW 161.00 3SE2 404-2UW 161.00 0.479

Rod actuator

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

• Molded plasticrod

(3SX3211+3SX3215)

3SE2 404-1WW 155.00 3SE2 404-0WW 155.00 3SE2 404-2WW 155.00 0.490

• Aluminum rod(3SX3211+3SX3214)

3SE2 404-1VW 155.00 3SE2 404-0VW 155.00 3SE2 404-2VW 155.00 0.490

Fork lever(3SX3127+3SX3115)

3SE2 404-1T 193.00 – – 0.515

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K, and DIN VDE 0660 Part 200.

1) The actuator heads can be subsequently exchanged (see page 13/95).

2) For conduit thread adaptors see page 13/97.

06IC13_089-094.qxd 11/30/05 9:57 PM Page 13/94

Page 95: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/95

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 303 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/34a, 13/32

Accessories

Actuator heads lamps

The actuator heads of the position switches can be subsequently exchanged for other variants.

1) Not for safety circuits

Actuators with mounting screws For position switches

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

3SE2 100-@@

3SE2 120-@@

3SE2 230-@@

3SE2 303-@@

3SE2 404-@@

3SE3 170-@@ 1 unit kg

Plunger

includes screws and gasket

– .B 3SX3 100 24.00 0.018

Overtravel plunger

includes screws and gasket

– .C 3SX3 106 43.00 0.056

Roller plungerincludes screws and gasket• standard roller• stainless steel roller

– .D

3SX3 1073SX3 263

51.0069.00

0.0820.080

Roller leverincludes screws and gasket• standard roller• stainless steel roller

– .E

3SX3 1023SX3 275

28.0033.00

0.0340.050

Angular roller leverincludes screws and gasket• standard roller• stainless steel roller

– .F

3SX3 1043SX3 276

35.0030.00

0.0430.050

Wobble spring 1)

(includes screws and gasket)– .R

• standard, spring 50 mm,plastic rod 50 mm

• length 73 mm, spring 23.5 mm,stainless steel rod 10 mm

• length 113 mm, spring 23.5 mm,stainless steel rod 50 mm

• length 139.5 mm, spring 50 mm,plastic rod 50 mmwith increased corrosion protection

• length 139.5 mm, spring 50 mm,stainless steel rod 50 mm

• length 239.5 mm, spring 150 mm,plastic rod 50 mm

• length 239.5 mm, spring 150 mm,stainless steel rod 50 mm

3SX3 126

3SX3 282

3SX3 285

3SX3 284

3SX3 281

3SX3 283

3SX3 311

59.00

66.00

66.00

85.00

77.00

66.00

82.00

0.049

0.020

0.020

0.050

0.060

0.070

0.080

3SX3 126

06IC13_095-100.qxd 11/29/05 7:33 PM Page 13/95

Page 96: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/96

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 303 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/34b, 13/33

Accessories

Actuators with mounting screws For position switches Order No. List Price $

Weightapprox.

3SE2 100-@@

3SE2 120-@@

3SE2 303-@@

3SE2 404-@@

3SE3 170-@@ 1 unit kg

Roller crank operating heads(without lever, includes screws & gasket)

• standard momentary (spring return),left and right operation

• momentary (spring return),left and/or right operation

• fork lever, maintained

-.GW, -.U, -.V, -.W

-.GW, -.U, -.V, -.W

-1T

3SX3 211

3SX3 307

3SX3 127

41.00

48.00

65.00

0.112

0.085

0.131

Roller crank levers(operating head not included)

• standard, plastic roller, 19 mm dia.

• stanless steel roller, 19 mm dia.

• plastic roller, 30 mm dia.

• plastic roller, 50 mm dia.

• rubber roller, 50 mm dia.

– .GW

3SX3 212

3SX3 265

3SX3 278

3SX3 301

3SX3 280

9.00

21.75

17.00

16.00

18.00

0.020

0.025

0.020

0.020

0.020

Adjustable length roller crank(operating head not included)

• levers with clamp

• standard, plastic roller, 19 mm dia.

• stanless steel roller, 19 mm dia.

• plastic roller, 30 mm dia.

• rubber roller, 50 mm dia.

• levers without clamp

• rubber roller, 50 mm dia.

– .UW

3SX3 213

3SX3 268

3SX3 302

3SX3 304

3SY3 024

24.00

37.00

30.00

32.00

8.00

0.024

0.030

0.025

0.020

0.036

Fork lever(operating head not included)

• standard, plastic rollers, 19 mm dia.

• stainless steel rollers, 19 mm dia.

-1T

3SX3 115

3SX3 266

35.00

61.00

0.032

0.050

Rod actuator(operating head not included)

• with support

• standard, plastic rod

• aluminum rod

• without support

• standard, plastic rod

• aluminum rod

– .WW

– .VW

– .WW

– .VW

3SX3 215

3SX3 214

3SX3 000

3SX3 001

20.00

20.00

3.00

3.00

0.031

0.032

0.008

0.016

3SX3 211

3SX3 212

3SX3 213

3SX3 115

3SX3 215

06IC13_095-100.qxd 11/30/05 9:58 PM Page 13/96

Page 97: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/97

Accessories

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/35, 13/34

Connectorsfor fast installation and replacement of position and interlock switches

Design Order No. List Price $

Weightapprox.

Preferred type 1 unit kg

Cable connectors for 3SE2 (with M20 x 1.5)3SY3 131 3SY3 123 Receptacle (6-poles + ground)

250V max., 10Afor M20 x 1.5

with 0.75 mm2 connecting leads, for 3SX3 123 cable plug, molded plastic, IP 65 degree of protection

Plug 1)Molded plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP 65, screw terminals

3SY3 131

3SY3 123

53.00

57.40

0.030

0.064

3SY3 131 3SY3 123 Receptacle (4-pole), M 12 for M20 x 1.5 250V max., 4A

for 3RX1 505 coupling plug, with 0.75 mm2 connecting lead, IP 67 degree of protection

3SY3 127 36.00 0.008

3SY3 128 Receptacle (5-pole), M 12 for M20 x 1.5 125V max., 4Afor 3RX1584

with 0.25 mm2 connecting lead, IP 67 degree of protection

3SY3 128 36.00 0.006

Plug (4-pole), M 12

with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled

3RX1 505 0.016

Plug (5-pole), M 12

with terminal compartment, can be pre-assembled

3RX1 584 0.016

5VF1182 Plastic wire gland

PG 13.5 (6 mm long, with seal)

PG 11 (6 mm long, with seal)

5VF1 182

5VF1 181

5.00

5.00

Adaptors for 3SE. (with M 16)TPN ”2/1 ot 5.1 x 61M latem 3SX1997 8.40 0.022

Adaptors for 3SE2 (with M 20)plastic M20 x 1.5 wire gland 3SB3901-0CK 5.00 0.011

metal M20 x 1.5 to 1/2” NPT 3SX1998 8.60 0.022

plastic M20 x 1.5 to 1/2” NPT 3SX9918 7.00 0.012

Adaptors for 3SE. (with M 25)metal M 25 x 1.5 to 1/2” NPT 3SX1999 8.75 0.022

1) For wiring, a crimping tool is necessary, max. conductor size 1 mm2.

3SX1997

3SX9918

3SX1998 3SX9918

3SX1999

3RX1 5053RX1 584

3SX9918

06IC13_095-100.qxd 11/30/05 9:58 PM Page 13/97

Page 98: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/98

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 303 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/36, 13/35

Accessories and spare parts

Design Fig. For position switches

Order No. ListPrice $

Weightapprox.

Pack

1 unit kg Units

Spare parts for 3SE. 1.0, 3SE. 230 and 3SE. 4041 2 Switch blocks with 2 contacts

with moving double-break contacts

• with snap-action contacts

- 1 NO + 1 NC 1 3SE. 1.0-1.,3SE2 230-1.,3SE2 404-1.

3SE3 000-1A 27.00 0.032

,.8-0.1 .ES31CN 2-3SE2 230-8.,3SE2 404-8.

3SE3 000-8AV00 27.00 0.020

• with slow-action contacts

- 1 NO + 1 NC 2 3SE. 1.0-0., 3SE. 230-0., 3SE. 404-0.

3SE3 000-0A 27.00 0.031

,.6-0.1.ES3CN 2-3SE. 230-6.

3SE3 000-6A 27.00 0.029

,.7-0.1.ES3ON 2-3SE. 230-7.

3SE3 000-7A 27.00 0.029

• with slow-action make-before-break contacts

- 1 NO + 1 NC 2 3SE. 1.0-3., 3SE. 230-3., 3SE. 404-2.

3SE3 000-3A 27.00 0.031

3 4 Switch blocks with repeat plunger with 2 contacts - 1 NO + 1 NC

for position switches with 4 contacts with moving double-break contacts

• with snap-action contacts 3 3SE. 404-1. 3SE3 010-1A 37.00 0.033

• with slow-action contacts 4 3SE. 404-0. 3SE3 010-0A 37.00 0.032

• with slow-action make-before-break contacts

4 3SE. 404-2. 3SE3 010-3A 29.00 0.034

Spare parts for 3SE. 3035 Switch blocks with 3 contacts

with moving double-break contacts

• with slow-action contacts

- 1 NO + 2 NC 5 3SE. 303-0. 3SE3 003-0A 53.00 0.047

- 2 NO + 1 NC 5 3SE. 303-1. 3SE3 003-1A 53.00 0.047

• with slow-action make-before-break contacts

- 1 NO + 2 NC 5 3SE. 303-2. 3SE3 003-2A 41.00 0.047

- 2 NO + 1 NC 5 3SE. 303-3. 3SE3 003-3A 41.00 0.063

06IC13_095-100.qxd 11/29/05 6:18 PM Page 13/98

Page 99: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/99

3SE3 020 / 3SE3 023Open type

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/37, 13/36

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Moving double break contacts · Degree of protection: Terminals IP 20, switching chamber IP 40Tandem arrangement (2 × 2 contacts) is possible when 3SY3 121 adapter is used (see accessories below).

For operation, operating speed and travel, see Page 13/112.

Internal circuit diagram

Order No. List Price $

Weightapprox.

Nominal travel and related terminals Minimum force required along plunger axis

Term. design. acc. to EN 50 013

0-line

***

commencement of plunger travelcontact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Preferred type 1 unit kg along plunger axis perpend. to plunger axis α = 30°

Snap-action contacts, 6 mm stroke buH mm6 ,regnulp gnol mm12 htiwA1-020 3ES3

3SE3 020-1A N 6630.0

Slow-action contacts, 6 mm stroke buH mm6 ,regnulp gnol mm 12 htiwA0-020 3ES3

3SE3 020-0A N 8630.0

Slow-action make-before-break contacts, 6 mm strokeregnulp gnol mm 12 htiwA3-020 ES3

3SY3 121

3SE3 020-3A N 8630.0

Intermediate piecefor tandem arrangement of 2-pole open-type position switches

3SY3 121 0.001

3 contacts · Moving double break contacts · Degree of protection: Terminals IP 20, switching chamber IP 40

Slow-action contacts, 6 mm stroke ,regnulp taeper dna regnulp mm 12 htiwA0-320 3ES3

for tandem arrangement, 6mm Hub11 N

3SE3 023-0A 0.051

3SE3 023-1A N 31150.0

Slow-action make-before-break contacts, 6 mm stroke ,regnulp taeper dna regnulp mm 12 htiw A2-320 3ES3

for tandem arrangement, 6mm Hub11 N

3SE3 023-2A 0.051

3SE3 023-3A N 31850.0

Safety function according to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

25.00

25.00

25.00

2.00

39.00

39.00

39.00

39.00

06IC13_095-100.qxd 2/18/06 2:00 PM Page 13/99

Page 100: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/100

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/38, 13/37

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

2 contacts · Standard and wide enclosure

Bars, cams, stops, etc. are used as actuating devices. The shape of the actuating device must pro-vide the given angles for the leading and trailing edges.

For operation from the side, sparingly greased steel, POM (polyoxymethylene or polyace-tal) or PA (polyamide) should be used as cam and bar material.

Operating speed along plunger axis

The actuating speed in the case of position switches with slow-action contacts is not permitted

to go lower than 15 mm/s for DC and 1 mm/s for AC. Position switches with snap-action con-tacts should be used when the speeds are lower.

3SE2 404 position switches · 4 contacts · Wide enclosure

The data for operation, operat-ing speed, travel and angle of operation is the same as for the

position switches with 2 switch blocks.

Two switch blocks with 2 con-tacts are used for position switches with 4 contacts.

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax0-lineH→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedref. line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Plunger along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis along plunger axis

3SE2 100–.B, 3SE. 1@0–.B,3SE2 404–.B

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

vmax. = 0.5 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 12 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC with make-before-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–1AV00, 3SE3 010–1AV00Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

06IC13_095-100.qxd 11/1/05 3:05 PM Page 13/100

Page 101: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/101

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 230 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/39, 13/38

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

2 or 4 contacts · Standard and wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax0-lineH→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedref. line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Overtravel plunger, Type B along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis along plunger axis

3SE2 100–.C, 3SE. 1@0–.C,3SE2 230–.C, 3SE2 404–.C

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

vmax. = 0.5 m/s

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 32 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

06IC13_101-106.qxd 11/1/05 11:46 AM Page 13/101

Page 102: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/102

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 230 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/40, 13/39

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

2 or 4 contacts · Standard and wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax0-lineH→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max.operating speedref. line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller plunger, type C along plunger axis perp sixa regnulp gnolasixa regnulp ot ralucidne

3SE2 100–.D, 3SE. 1@0–.D, 3SE2 230–.D, 3SE2 404–.D

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

vmax. = 1 m/s (3SE3 230–1D), vmax. = 0.5 m/s (3SE3 1.0–1D),

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 32 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–1AV00,3SE3 010–1AV00,Ident. No. 02

Fork lever Deflection in direction of rotation

3SE2 100–1T, 3SE. 1@0–1T, 3SE2 404–1T

lateral actuation

vmax. = 2 m/sMinimum force required in direction of operation: 30 N

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–1AV00,3SE3 010–1AV00,Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

06IC13_101-106.qxd 11/1/05 3:23 PM Page 13/102

Page 103: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/103

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 230 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/41, 13/40

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

2 or 4 contacts · Standard and wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax0-lineH

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041approach anglemax. operating speedref. line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller lever perpendicular to plunger axis

3SE2 100–.E, 3SE. 1@0–.E, 3SE2 230–.E, 3SE2 404–.E

vmax. = 2.5 m/s

vmax. = 1 m/s, max = 30°, max = 45°Minimum force required in direction of operation: 12 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-bef.-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

Angular roller lever along plunger axis along plunger axis

3SE2 100–.F, 3SE. 1@0–.F, 3SE2 230–.F, 3SE2 404–.F

vmax. = 2.5 m/s

vmax. = 1 m/s, max = 30°, max = 45°Minimum force required in direction of operation: 12 N

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

Ident. No. 02

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

22

NSC00164

S=20±2

11-120

mm21-22

16

20

Standard

Standard

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

06IC13_101-106.qxd 2/3/06 6:58 PM Page 13/103

Page 104: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/104

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 230 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/42, 13/41

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

2 or 4 contacts · Standard and wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

αβvmax0-lineSH→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041approach angletrailing anglemax. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

ref. line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller crank, type A perpendicular to pl ucidneprepsixa regnu lar to plunger axis

repositionable and finely adjustable from 10° to 10°3SE2 100–.GW, 3SE. 1@0–.GW, 3SE2 230–.GW, 3SE2 404–.GW

vmax. = 3 m/sMinimum torque required in direction of operation: 25 NcmIn special designs, contacts can only be operated from right or left. By twisting the plunger from the right and left.

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-bef.-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–1AV00,3SE3 010–1AV00, Ident. No. 02

Roller crank, adjustable length Deflection in direction of rotation Deflection in direction of rotation

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°3SE2 100–.UW, 3SE. 1@0–.UW, 3SE2 230–.U, 3SE2 404–.UW

vmax. = 1 m/s, αmax = 30°, βmax = 30°Minimum torque required in direction of operation: 25 NcmContact operation either from right or left or from right and left.

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-bef.-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–1AV00,3SE3 010–1AV00, Ident. No. 02

1) Max. operating angle 70°.

Standard

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

Standard

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

06IC13_101-106.qxd 2/3/06 6:58 PM Page 13/104

Page 105: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/105

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170 / 3SE2 230 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/43, 13/42

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

2 or 4 contacts · Standard and wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

vmax0-line→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedref. line acc. to EN 50 041direction of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-line

***

ref. line acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Rod actuator noitator fo noitcerid ninoitator fo noitcerid ni

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

3SE2 100–.WW, 3SE. 1@0–.WW, 3SE2 230–.W, 3SE2 404–.WW

3SE2 100–.VW, 3SE. 1@0–.VW, 3SE2 230–.V, 3SE2 404–.VW

vmax. = 3 m/s

Minimum torque required in direction of operation: 25 Ncm

In special designs, contacts can only be operated from right or left. By twisting the plunger from the right and left.

Slow-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–0A, 3SE3 010–0A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–6A, Ident. No. 02

1 NO + 1 NC With make-before-break

3SE3 000–3A, 3SE3 010–3A, Ident. No. 11

2 NO

3SE3 000–7A, Ident. No. 20

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–1AV00,3SE3 010–1AV00, Ident. No. 02

Spring rod Deflection of spring rod

3SE2 100–1R, 3SE. 1@0–1R,3SE2 230–.R

vmax. = 1 m/s, approachable from all sides

Minimum force required in direction of operation: 12 N

with lateral deflection at the tip: 2.5 N

Snap-action contacts

1 NC + 1 NO

3SE3 000–1A, 3SE3 010–1A, Ident. No. 11

2 NC

3SE3 000–1AV00,3SE3 010–1AV00, Ident. No. 02

1) Max. operating angle 70°.

Standard

17 25

18 26

41000C

SN

Standard

06IC13_101-106.qxd 11/1/05 3:06 PM Page 13/105

Page 106: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/106

3SE2 303Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/45, 13/43

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

3 contacts · Wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimum force required in direction of operationvmax

0-lineH

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Plunger Slow-action contacts along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis

3SE2 303–.B

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

vmax. = 0.5 m/s

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

16 N

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

18 N

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

16 N

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

18 N

06IC13_101-106.qxd 10/31/05 3:30 PM Page 13/106

Page 107: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/107

3SE2 303Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/46, 13/44

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

3 contacts · Wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimum force required in direction of operationvmax

0-lineH

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Overtravel plunger Slow-action contacts along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis

3SE2 303–.C

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

vmax. = 0.5 m/s

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

35 N

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

37 N

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

35 N

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

37 N

06IC13_107-114.qxd 10/31/05 3:35 PM Page 13/107

Page 108: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/108

3SE2 303Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/45, 13/45

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

3 contacts · Wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimum force required in direction of operationvmax

0-lineH

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

***

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openoperating point on returnpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller plunger Slow-action contacts along plunger axis perpendicular to plunger axis

3SE2 303–.D

vmax. = 1.5 m/s

vmax. = 1 m/s

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

35 N

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

37 N

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

35 N

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

37 N

06IC13_107-114.qxd 10/31/05 3:36 PM Page 13/108

Page 109: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/109

3SE2 303Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/46, 13/46

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

3 contacts · Wide enclosure

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimum force required in direction of operation

vmax0-lineH

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041approach angletrailing angleapproach anglemax. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

**

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller lever Slow-action contacts perpendicular to plunger axis

3SE2 303–.E

For operation perpendicular to plunger axis :vmax. = 1 m/s at max = 30°vmax. = 2.5 m/s at max = 45°

max = 45°

For operation along plunger axis: vmax. = 1.5 m/s

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

15 N

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

17 N

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

15 N

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

17 N

Angular roller lever Slow-action contacts along plunger axis

3SE2 303–.F

For operation along plunger axis:vmax. = 1 m/s at max = 30°vmax. = 2.5 m/s at max = 45°vmax. = 2.5 m/s at max = 45°

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

15 N

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

17 N

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

15 N

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

17 N

06IC13_107-114.qxd 10/31/05 3:37 PM Page 13/109

Page 110: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/110

3SE2 303Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/49, 13/47

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

3 contacts · Wide enclosure

1) Max. operating angle 70°.Max. deflection for adjustment purposes 90°.

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimum force required in direction of rotationvmax

0-lineH→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041travel differencedirection of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

**

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller crank Slow-action contacts perpendicular to plunger axis

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

3SE2 303–.GW–ZA31

vmax. = 3 m/s

In special designs contacts can only be operated from right or left. By twisting the plunger from the right and left.

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

25 Ncm

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

06IC13_107-114.qxd 10/31/05 3:38 PM Page 13/110

Page 111: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/111

3SE2 303Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/50, 13/48

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

3 contacts · Wide enclosure

1) Max. operating angle 70°.

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimum force required in direction of rotationα

βvmax0-line→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041approach angletrailing anglemax. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041direction of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

**

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Roller crank, adjustable length Slow-action contacts perpendicular to plunger axis

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

3SE2 303–.UW

vmax. = 3 m/s, αmax = 30°, βmax = 30°

In special designs contacts can only be operated from right or left. By twisting the plunger from the right and left.

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

25 Ncm

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

06IC13_107-114.qxd 10/31/05 3:38 PM Page 13/111

Page 112: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/112

3SE2 303 / 3SE3 02.Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/51, 13/49

Operation, operating speed and travel or angle of actuators

3 contacts · Wide enclosure

3SE3 020 and 3SE3 023 open-type position switches 2 and 3 contacts · Moving double break contacts · Degree of protection: Terminals IP 20, switching chamber IP 40

Operation by a bar Switch blocks Nominal traveland related terminals

Minimum force required in direction of rotationvmax

0-line→

operating pt acc. to EN 50 041max. operating speedreference line acc. to EN 50 041direction of operation

Terminal designation acc. to EN 50 013

0-lineS

**

reference line acc. to EN 50 041travel acc. to EN 50 041contact closedcontact openpositive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

Rod actuator Slow-action contacts Deflection in direction of rotation

finely adjustable from 10° to 10°

3SE2 303–.WW, 3SE2 303–.VW

vmax. = 3 m/s

In special designs contacts can only be operated from right or left. By twisting the plunger from the right and left.

1 NO + 2 NC

Ident. No. 12

25 Ncm

2 NO + 1 NC

Ident. No. 21

1 NO + 2 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 12

2 NO + 1 NCmake-before-break

Ident. No. 21

1) Max. operating angle 70°. Max. deflection for adjustment purposes 90°.

Operation by a bar Type A ≥mm

A** ≤mm

PlungerActuators can be in the form of a bar, cam, stop etc.

For operation perpendicular to plunger axis:αmax = 30°, vmax = 0.5 m/sβmax = 30°

For operation perpendicular plunger axis:vmax = 1.5 m/s

3SE3 020-0A 15 –

3SE3 020-1A 15 17.5

3SE3 020-3A 15 –

A Actuating bar spacing = distance from center, fixing hole up to lower edge of contact bar

3SE3 023-0A 15 –

3SE3 023-1A 15 –

3SE3 023-2A 15 –

A** Actuating bar distance, to guarantee positive opening of the snap-action contacts acc. to DIN VDE 0113.

3SE3 023-3A 15 –

06IC13_107-114.qxd 11/1/05 2:47 PM Page 13/112

Page 113: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/113

3SE2 100 to 3SE3 170Metal enclosure, 40 and 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/52, 13/50

Dimension drawings

3SE2 1.0, 3SE3 1.03SE. 1@0narrow enclosure, 2 contacts, with plunger

3SE2 100wide enclosure, 2 contacts, with plunger

Actuators for 3SE2 1.0, 3SE3 1.0 position switchesrevel relloRC mroF ,regnulp relloRB mroF ,regnulp levartrevO

* Lever in final position

Angular roller lever

* Lever in final position

3SX3 212 roller crank for3SX3 211 actuator heads

Fork lever

Roller crank, adjustable length Rod actuator, adjustable length, Form D Wobble spring

9

06IC13_107-114.qxd 2/10/06 4:15 PM Page 13/113

Page 114: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/114

3SE2 303 / 3SE2 404Metal enclosure, 56 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/54, 13/51

Dimension drawings

3SE2 303wide enclosure, 3 contacts

3SE2 404wide enclosure, 4 contacts

Open-type3SE3 020-.A 3SE3 023-.A

06IC13_107-114.qxd 10/31/05 3:39 PM Page 13/114

Page 115: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/115

3SE3 160 / 3SE3 180Metal enclosure with molded cable, 30 and 40 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/55, 13/66

OverviewIn harsh industrial environments and in installations with limited space, the small 3SE3 160 and 3SE3 180 compact switches are ideal. The switches are already equipped with a molded cable of 2 m in length and can therefore be installed in the smallest spaces.

Both the housing and the actua-tor head are made of metal and therefore meet the high IP 67 de-gree of protection. Various actu-ator heads, in the form of roller plungers, overtravel plungers and roller cranks, are available.

They can be fitted alternatively with snap-action contacts. 1 NO + 1 NC. The NC contact complies with the requirements for positive opening according to IEC 60 947-5-1.The 3SE3 1 position switch with molded cable is available in dif-ferent sizes:

• The 3SE3 180 series complies with the EU standard and fea-tures a 30 mm wide enclosure with drilled holes at a spacing of 20 mm.

• The 3SE3 160 series meets the requirements of the US market and features a 40 mm wide en-closure with drilled holes at a spacing of 25 mm.

Technical data

Selection and ordering data

2 contacts · Degree of protection IP 67

Switch blocks and travel

Switching frequency noitcetorp fo eergeDnim/03 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui gninepo tcatnoCV 005 2 x 1.25 mmPollution degree deeps gnitarepO3 ssalC

up to 80% operating distanceConventional thermal current Ith .C.-0.1 3ES3•A 01 ≤ 1 m/sAmbient temperature .D.-0.1 3ES3•C° 58+ ot 03– Vertical ≤ 1 m/sMechanical endurance 10 × 106 operations Lateral ≤ 0.5 m/sElectrical endurance .G.-0.1 3ES3•snoitarepo 000005 ≤ 1.5 m/sConnecting cable (2 m) PVC-5 x 0.75 mm² (18 AWG);

br-bl: S, bk-bk: NC, ye/gy: 0 V

Actuator 3SE3 1 position switches

with 2 snap-action contacts

Weight Approx.

3SE3 180-1C

6 mm stroke

Enclos.width

Ident. No. 11 acc. to EN 50 013

3SE3 180-1D Order No. List Price $mm 1 unit kg

Overtravel plunger 30 3SE3 180-1C 36.00 0.31640 3SE3 160-1C 73.00 0.332

• with M 12 thread fixing 30 3SE3 180-1CJ 42.00 0.33540 3SE3 160-1CJ 75.00 0.351

3SE3 160-1G Roller plunger 30 3SE3 180-1D 50.00 0.32340 3SE3 160-1D 89.00 0.348

• with M 12 thread fixing 30 3SE3 180-1DJ 55.00 0.33440 3SE3 160-1DJ 97.00 0.364

Roller crank 30 3SE3 180-1G 37.00 0.36640 3SE3 160-1G 73.00 0.395

Positive opening acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

Switch block Nominal travel

Internal circuit diagramTerminal designationacc. to EN 50 013

0-line**

reference line acc. to EN 50 041positive opening to IEC 60 947-5-1-3

contact closedcontact open

G1–0.1 3ES3.D1– ,.C1–0.1 3ES3CN 1 + ON 1 stcatnoc noitca-panSBK = blackBN = brownBU = blueGN/YE = green/yellowNSC0_00265c

2,5 **4 5 mm

1,50

100%BKBNBKBN

-BK-BU-BK-BU

NSC0_00266c

**50° 75°

12°

0° 20°BKBNBKBN

-BK-BU-BK-BU

100%

06IC13_115-118.qxd 2/18/06 2:01 PM Page 13/115

Page 116: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/116

3SE3 160 / 3SE3 180Metal enclosure with molded cable, 30 and 40 mm width

3SE International Limit SwitchesPosition Switches

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/65, 13/67

06IC13_115-118.qxd 2/3/06 7:04 PM Page 13/116

Page 117: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/117

Non-safetyModular, plug-in metal housing

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesGeneral Information

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/145, 13/52

Inc.talog

Features

elbac deriw-erPni-gulp raludoM

Features• UL Listed, CSA Certified.• All Metal Captive Screws.• Keyed, Four-Directional Head.• Steel-Reinforced Diaphragm

Seal Between Operational Head And Switch Body.

• Permanent Instructions for Adjusting Operational Head.

• Modular, Plug-In Housing 1.Heavy-Duty, Bifurcated,

Plug-In Prongs.2.Ample Receptacle Wiring

Space with 1/2 - NPT threaded conduit opening.

3.Stepped Terminals On Single Pole; Deep Center Trough On Double Pole.

• NEMA Type 6P Submersible1.Completely Sealed With

Epoxy.2.STOOW-A Cable or

Prewired Receptacle With Pin Connector.

DesignModular Plug-In HousingThese heavy duty plug-in limit switches may be provided as complete devices using a composite catalog number; or, separately as components; operating head, plug-in module and base receptacle.Example:Complete Switch:3SE03-AR1

Single Pole, Double Throw contacts with Side Rotary, Momentary Head

Components3SE03-SA

Single Pole, Double Throw Plug-in Module

3SE03-DR1Side Rotary Head, Momentary

3SE03-RAStandard, Single Pole Receptacle, 1 NO + 1 NC

Since components may be interchanged, operating heads, plug-in modules and receptacles may be combined to satisfy most of your everyday limit switch requirements. This leads to less inventory with greater flexibility.Operating heads include side rotary; plain and roller plunger; and, wobble. A variety of levers are available.The die-cast housing has an epoxy finish to protect against corrosion. All screws on the module and head are captive.

NEMA Type 6P SubmersibleThese heavy duty prewired, factory sealed switches meet the demanding enclosure requirements of UL (NEMA) Type 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 11, 12, and 13. They are intended for wet environments where the integrity of the threaded conduit and switch body seals must be assured.The switch body cavity including threaded conduit entry is completely sealed with epoxy. An 8 foot, 5 or 9 conductor STOOW-A cable; or 5 or 9 pin prewired receptacle with pin connector is provided as standard.Switches are provided as complete devices using composite catalog numbers; or, separately as components; operating head and switch body.UL (NEMA) Type 6P switches are designed to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at limited depths (tested with a 6 foot head of water for 24 hours).Both the Modular Plug-in and the (NEMA) Type 6P Submersible styles provide 60 Amp make and 6 Amp break—120V AC and 10 Amp continuous current for 120, 240, 480 and 600V AC. The circuit contact configuration depends on the device selected and the application criteria.Switches are available with momentary or maintained operating heads; and, single pole, double pole or center neutral (modular, plug-in only) contact configurations.3SE03 limit switches offer a new standard of reliability and quality in automatic control circuits under heavy duty applications.

Plug-in module andreceptacle are keyed.

Pre-wired receptacle with pin connector

06IC13_115-118.qxd 10/31/05 3:42 PM Page 13/117

Page 118: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/118

Non-safetyModular, plug-in and NEMA type 6P submersible

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesSpecifications

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/152, 13/59

Technical data

Operating temperature 1) 2)

1) Temperature ranges below +32°F (0°C) are based on absence of freezing moisture or water.

2) For temperature rating of specific switch, refer to page 13/122, Operating Heads.

Type Modular, Plug-in and NEMA Type 6P Submersible

Mechanical life

Electrical life

Side rotary: 13 x 106 make-break operations minimumAll others: 10 x 106 make-break operations minimumSingle Pole: 1 x 106 operations typical at full loadDouble Pole: 1 x 105 operations typical at full load

Switching frequencyOperating point accuracy

Cable entry

8 x 103 make-break operations per hour (maximum)Side operated: 0.0012 in. (modular, plug-in housing)Side rotary: 0.0014 in. (modular plug-in). Top operated: 0.003 in. (modular, plug-in housing)1/2 in.-NPT, Prewired Cable or Prewired Receptacle with Pin Connector

Ambient temperature

Degree of protection

Without Cable: –10° to +121°C, 14° to 250°FWith Cable: –10° to +105°C, 14° to 221°FNEMA Type 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 11, 13; IP67

Conductor size

MountingTightening Torque

22–12 AWG (modular, plug-in housing)5 or 9 conductor, 16 AWG yellow jacketed type STOOW-A cable STOOW-A (prewired cable)5 or 9 pin, 0.87 in. (22 mm) diameter receptacle (prewired receptacle with pin connector)Any positionSwitch body screws: 25–30 lb-in.Operating head screws: 14–18 lb-in.

NEMA ratingDC,NEMA R300

AC,NEMA A600

Maximum current at 125V 250V 120V 240V 480V 600V

MakeBreak

Max. volt-ampereMakeBreak

0.22A0.22A

28VA28VA

0.11A0.11A

28VA28VA

60A6A

7200VA720VA

30A3A

7200VA720VA

15A1.5A

7200VA720VA

12A1.2A

7200VA720VA

Rated thermal currentRated operating voltage

DC, 1ADC, 300V

AC, 10AAC, 600V

Temperature rating

Operation Temperature range

Type Return Without cable With cable

1 Side rotaryMomentary CW onlyor CCW only

10°F to 250°F-12°C to 121°C

10°F to 221°F-12°C to 105°C

2

Center neutralSide rotarySide plungerTwo-sided plungerRoller side plunger

Momentary CW or CCWMaintainedMomentaryMaintainedMomentary

14°F to 200°F-10°C to 94°C

14°F to 200°F-10°C to 94°C

3Top plungerTop roller plungerWobble head

MomentaryMomentaryMomentary

14°F to 250°F-10°C to 121°C

14°F to 221°F-10°C to 105°C

06IC13_115-118.qxd 10/31/05 3:42 PM Page 13/118

Page 119: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Complete switches without lever - threaded cable entry:

5° pretravel to operate contacts. 15° pretravel to operate contacts.

Plug-In module type

Standard single pole1 NO + 1 NC(3SE03-SA)

Standard double pole2 NO + 2 NC(3SE03-SB)

Receptacle typesurface mount

Single pole(3SE03-RA)

Double pole(3SE03-RB)

Operating head type

Composite catalog number consisting of head, module and receptacle

Catalog NumberList Price $ 1 unit Catalog Number

List Price $ 1 unit

Side rotaryCW and CCW operation convertible to CW only or CCW only

Standard momentary (3SE03-DR1)

3SE03-AR1 111.00 3SE03-BR1 135.00

Standard maintained (3SE03-DM1)

3SE03-AM1 137.00 3SE03-BM1 161.00

Low torqued momentary (3SE03-DL1)

3SE03-AL1 124.00 3SE03-BL1 148.00

Plain side plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DS1)

3SE03-AS1 129.00 3SE03-BS1 153.00

Roller side plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DS3)

3SE03-AS3 143.00 3SE03-BS3 167.00

Two-sided plunger

Maintained(3SE03-DH1)

3SE03-AH1 149.00 3SE03-BH1 172.00

Plain top plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DT1)

3SE03-AT1 122.00 3SE03-BT1 145.00

Roller top plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DT3)

3SE03-AT3 136.00 3SE03-BT3 160.00

Wobble head (without lever)

Momentary(3SE03-DW1)

3SE03-AW1 117.00 3SE03-BW1 141.00

Plug-In module type

Center neutralDouble pole2 NO + 2 NC(3SE03-SN)

Receptacle typesurface mount

Center neutral(3SE03-RB)

Composite catalog numberconsisting of head, module and receptacle

Operating head type Catalog NumberList Price $ 1 unit

Side rotary (momentary)

CenterNeutral

(3SE03-DN1)(3SE03-DN2)

3SE03-NN13SE03-NN2

144.00144.00

CW CCW

13/119

Non-safetyModular, plug-in metal housing

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesSelection

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/146, 13/53

06IC13_119-124.qxd 11/29/05 6:56 PM Page 13/119

Page 120: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/120

Non-safetyNEMA type 6P submersible, prewired receptacle

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesSelection

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Complete switches without lever - prewired cable:

Switch body type—8 foot cable

Single pole1 NO + 1 NC(3SE03-SA6P)

Cable color code1 - White2 - Black3 - Red4 - Orange5 - Green

Double pole2 NO + 2 NC(3SE03-SB6P)

Cable color code1 - White 6 - Pink2 - Black 7 - Yellow3 - Red 8 - Blue4 - Orange 9 - Green5 - Brown

Operating head type

Composite catalog number consisting of head and switch body

Catalog NumberList Price $ 1 unit Catalog Number

List Price $ 1 unit

Side rotaryCW and CCW operation convertible to CW only or CCW only

Standard momentary (3SE03-DR1)

3SE03-AR16P 145.00 3SE03-BR16P 213.00

Standard maintained (3SE03-DM1)

3SE03-AM16P 171.00 3SE03-BM16P 239.00

Low torqued momentary (3SE03-DL1)

3SE03-AL16P 158.00 3SE03-BL16P 226.00

Plain side plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DS1)

3SE03-AS16P 163.00 3SE03-BS16P 231.00

Roller side plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DS3)

3SE03-AS36P 177.00 3SE03-BS36P 245.00

Two-sided plunger

Maintained(3SE03-DH1)

3SE03-AH16P 183.00 Not available

Plain top plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DT1)

3SE03-AT16P 155.00 3SE03-BT16P 223.00

Roller top plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DT3)

3SE03-AT36P 170.00 3SE03-BT36P 238.00

Wobble head (without lever)

Momentary(3SE03-DW1)

3SE03-AW16P 151.00 3SE03-BW16P 219.00

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/147, 13/54

06IC13_119-124.qxd 11/30/05 10:01 PM Page 13/120

Page 121: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/121

Non-safetyNEMA type 6P submersible, prewired receptacle

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesSelection

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Complete switches without lever - prewired receptacle with pin connector:

Switch Body Type—prewired receptacle with pin connector

Single pole1 NO + 1 NC(3SE03-SA6PC)

Double pole2 NO + 2 NC(3SE03-SB6PC)

Operating head type

Composite catalog number consisting of head and switch body

Catalog NumberList Price $1 unit Catalog Number

List Price $1 unit

Side rotaryCW and CCW operation convertible to CW only or CCW only

Standard momentary (3SE03-DR1)

3SE03-AR16PC 167.00 3SE03-BR16PC 253.00

Standard maintained (3SE03-DM1)

3SE03-AM16PC 193.00 3SE03-BM16PC 279.00

Low torqued momentary (3SE03-DL1)

3SE03-AL16PC 179.00 3SE03-BL16PC 265.00

Plain side plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DS1)

3SE03-AS16PC 185.00 3SE03-BS16PC 271.00

Roller side plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DS3)

3SE03-AS36PC 198.00 3SE03-BS36PC 284.00

Two-sided plunger

Maintained(3SE03-DH1)

3SE03-AH16PC 204.00 Not available

Plain top plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DT1)

3SE03-AT16PC 177.00 3SE03-BT16PC 263.00

Roller top plunger

Momentary(3SE03-DT3)

3SE03-AT36PC 192.00 3SE03-BT36PC 277.00

Wobble head (without lever)

Momentary(3SE03-DW1)

3SE03-AW16PC 172.00 3SE03-BW16PC 258.00

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/148, 13/55

06IC13_119-124.qxd 11/29/05 6:57 PM Page 13/121

Page 122: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

SiemIndus

13/122

Non-safetyModular, plug-in and NEMA 6P submersible

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesSelection

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/149, 13/56

Components:

Switch body_NEMA type 6P submersible:

Operating heads :

Plug-in module Catalog NumberList Price $1 unit

Plug-in module

Standard single pole 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE03-SA 48.00

Standard double pole 2 NO + 2 NC 3SE03-SB 63.00

Center neutral 2 NO + 2 NC 3SE03-SN 66.00

Receptacle

Receptacle for plug-in module Catalog NumberList Price $1 unit

Single pole 1 NO + 1 NC (5 terminals) 3SE03-RA 12.00

Single pole 2 NO + 2 NC (9 terminals) 3SE03-RB 18.00

Prewired cable

Prewired cable 8 foot lengthPrewired receptacle with pin connector

Switch body Catalog NumberList Price $1 unit Catalog Number

List Price $1 unit

Single pole 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE03-SA6P 90.00 _

Single pole 2 NO + 2 NC 3SE03-SB6P 150.00 _

_

Prewired receptacle

Single pole 1 NO + 1 NC 3SE03-SA6PC 109.00

Single pole 2 NO + 2 NC _

_

3SE03-SB6PC 185.00

Operating head type

Nominal operating data

Total travel Pretravel

Operating force

Release position

Minimum return force

Operating temp range

Catalog Number

List Price $1 unit

Side rotary

Standard momentary 90° 5° 3 lb-in. 2° 4.5 oz-in. 1 3SE03-DR1 44.00

Low torqued momentary 90° 15° 1.5 lb-in. 6° 2.5 oz-in. 1 3SE03-DL1 56.00

Standard maintained 90° 50° 3 lb-in. 50° _ 2 3SE03-DM1 70.00

Plain side plunger Momentary 0.25 in. 0.065 in. 4 lbs 0.03 in. 8 oz. 2 3SE03-DS1 62.00

Roller side plunger Momentary 0.25 in. 0.065 in. 4 lbs 0.03 in. 8 oz. 2 3SE03-DS3 75.00

Two-sided plunger Maintained 0.32 in. 0.2 in. 5 lbs 5 lbs 5 lbs 2 3SE03-DH1 81.00

Plain top plunger Momentary 0.28 in. 0.04 in. 4 lbs 0.02 in. 8 oz. 3 3SE03-DT1 54.00

Roller top plunger Momentary 0.28 in. 0.04 in. 4 lbs 0.02 in. 8 oz. 3 3SE03-DT3 68.00

Wobble head Momentary 15° 10° 2 lb-in. 6° 2.4 oz-in. 3 3SE03-DW1 49.00

Center neutral Momentary90°

90°

15°

1.8 lbs

1.8 lbs

2.5 oz-in.

2.5 oz-in.

2

23SE03-DN1

3SE03-DN2

49.00

49.00

For use with 3SE03-DN1, -DN2 operating heads and 3SE03-RB receptacle only.

For use with modular, Plug-in and NEMA Type 6P.

Refer to “Operating Temperature”, Catalog page 13/118 for Temperature Ranges.Without Operating Levers.CW and CCW operation. Convertible to CW or CCW op-eration only.

Convertible—Horizontal to Vertical.Requires Lever.For use with 3SE03-SN plug-in module only.

_

_

_

06IC13_119-124.qxd 11/29/05 7:47 PM Page 13/122

Page 123: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/123

Non-safetyModular, plug-in metal housing

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesSelection

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Inc.talog

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/150, 13/57

Levers for plug-in and non-plug-in versions—most widely used

Levers for plug-in and non-plug-in versions:

Description Length

Roller mounted on side of lever

Roller material

Rollerdiameter

Roller face width

Max requiredreturn torque (oz-in.)

Catalog Number

List Price $1 unit

Roller crank lever

1.5 (38) Front Nylatron 0.75 (19) 0.31 (8) 0.53 3SX03-KL200 13.00

1.5 (38) Front Cast aluminum 0.75 (19) 0.31 (8) 1.10 3SX03-KL355 13.00

1.5 (38) Back Cast aluminum 0.75 (19) 0.31 (8) 1.10 3SX03-KL579 13.00

Fork lever 1.5 (38) Back / back Nylatron 0.75 (19) 0.31 _ 3SX03-KL204 20.00

Adjustableradiuslever

1–3.5 (25–89)

1–3.5 (25–89)

Front

Front

Nylatron

Metal

0.75 (19)

0.75 (19)

0.31 (8)

0.31 (8)

1.90

3.40

3SX03-KL201

3SX03-KL538

16.00

16.00

Rod lever 9 (229) _ Stainless steel _ _ 7.00 3SX03-KL220 16.00

Adjustablespring rod

12.125 (308) _ Nylon _ _ 3.50 3SX03-KL556 16.00

Flexible loop lever

6 (152) _ Nylatron _ _ 0.40 3SX03-KL142 16.00

Levers

Rod _ _ Nylon _ _ _ 3SX03-KW2 13.00

Coil spring _ _ Coil spring _ _ _ 3SX03-KW4 13.00

For plunger actuated switches wobble actuators

Operator Length

Roller Max requiredreturn torque (oz-in.)

Catalog Number List Price $1 unitType Diameter Face (width) Stainless steel Cast aluminum

Standard lever

Cast aluminum

0.87 (22) Metal 0.75 (19) 0.31 (8) 0.62 _ 3SX03-KL39 13.00

1.37 (35) Metal 0.75 (19) 0.31 (8) 0.95 _ 3SX03-KL40 13.00

1.50 (38)NylatronBall bearingWithout roller

0.75 (19)0.69 (17)_

1.00 (25)0.25 (6)_

0.920.770.32

_

_

_

3SX03-KL3373SX03-KL5313SX03-KL32

22.0031.00

9.00

2.00 (51)

NylatronNylatronMetalBall bearing

0.75 (19)0.75 (19)0.75 (19)0.69 (17)

0.31 (8)1.00 (25)0.31 (8)0.25 (6)

0.711.451.51.1

_

_

_

_

3SX03-KL5463SX03-KL5723SX03-KL5493SX03-KL552

22.0031.0022.0031.00

250 (64)

NylatronNylatronNylatronMetalBall bearing

0.75 (19)0.75 (19)1.5 (38)0.75 (19)0.69 (17)

0.31 (8)1.00 (25)0.28 (7)0.31 (8)0.25 (6)

1.01.81.42.01.5

_

_

_

_

_

3SX03-KL5473SX03-KL5733SX03-KL5753SX03-KL5503SX03-KL553

22.0031.0031.0022.0031.00

3.00 (76)

NylatronNylatronNylatronMetalBall bearing

0.75 (19)0.75 (19)1.5 (38)0.75 (19)0.69 (17)

0.31 (8)1.00 (25)0.28 (7)0.31 (8)0.25 (6)

1.32.31.82.51.8

_

_

_

_

_

3SX03-KL5483SX03-KL5743SX03-KL5763SX03-KL5513SX03-KL554

22.0031.0031.0022.0031.00

All dimensions shown in inches and (millimeters). For reference purposes only. Not to be used for de-sign or construction purposes.Roller lever: Length from the operating shaft axis to the roller axis.All other: Length from the operating shaft axis to the tip.

Caution—When selecting lever, required return torque should not exceed minimum return torque in operating head.Cap screw accommodates 3/64 inch Allen wrench.By re-assembling lever minimum can be reduced an-other 0.50 (13).

Applies when lever extended to maximum dimension.See dimensions page 13/128.

06IC13_119-124.qxd 11/29/05 6:58 PM Page 13/123

Page 124: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

Levers for plug-in and non-plug-in versions—most widely used

Levers for plug-in and non-plug-in versions:

OperatorLength

Inches (mm)

Roller Min.required return torque oz-in

Catalog Number

TypeDiameter In. (mm)

Face width in. (mm)

Stainlesssteel

Castaluminum

List Price $1 unit

Roller levers

Cast aluminum Roller on reverse side

1.50 (38) Nylatron

Nylatron

Ball bearing

0.75 (19)

1.5 (38)

0.69 (17)

0.31 (8)

0.28 (7)

0.25 (6)

0.53

0.96

0.77

_

_

_

3SX03-KL310

3SX03-KL536

3SX03-KL580

13.00

22.00

31.00

Stainless steel Offset lever (Inboard roller shown)

1.50 (38)

Inboard roller

Nylatron

Metal

Ball bearing

0.75 (19)

0.75 (19)

0.69 (17)

0.31 (8)

0.31 (8)

0.25 (6)

0.65

1.20

0.90

3SX03-KL24

3SX03-KL25

3SX03-KL26

_

_

_

13.00

13.00

27.00

1.50 (38)

outboard roller

Nylatron

Metal

Ball bearing

Nylatron

0.75 (19)

0.75 (19)

0.69 (17)

0.75 (19)

0.31 (8)

0.31 (8)

0.25 (6)

1 (25)

0.65

1.20

0.90

1.10

3SX03-KL27

3SX03-KL28

3SX03-KL29

3SX03-KL30

_

_

_

_

13.00

13.00

27.00

22.00

Bantam lever 0.69 (18) Metal 0.88 (22) 0.19 (5) 0.45 3SX03-KL532 31.00

Precision adjustment

1.50 (38) Nylatron

Metal

Ball bearing

0.75 (19)

0.75 (19)

0.69 (17)

0.31 (8)

0.31 (8)

0.25 (6)

0.65

1.20

0.90

3SX03-KL340

3SX03-KL465

3SX03-KL535

66.00

66.00

66.00

Adjustableroller

1–3.75 (25–95)

1–3.75 (25–95)

1.62–3.75 (41–95)

0.50–3.75 (13–95)

1–3.75 (25–95)

0.50–3.75 (13–95)

Nylatron

Nylatron

Nylatron

Large nylatron

Ball bearing

Without roller

0.75 (19)

0.75 (19)

1.5 (38)

4 (102)

0.69 (17)

_

0.5 (13)

1 (25)

0.28 (7)

0.11 (3)

0.25 (6)

_

1.90

3.10

2.50

4.50

2.50

1.20

3SX03-KL599

3SX03-KL537

3SX03-KL443

3SX03-KL598

3SX03-KL539

3SX03-KL31

31.00

31.00

31.00

49.00

31.00

18.00

Fork lever _ both rollers one side

1.50 (38) Nylatron

Metal

Ball bearing

0.75 (19)

0.75 (19)

0.69 (17)

1 (25)

0.31 (8)

0.25 (6)

_

_

_

3SX03-KL543

3SX03-KL544

3SX03-KL545

39.00

31.00

40.00

Fork lever _ both rollers outside, one side

1.50 (38) Nylatron

Metal

Ball bearing

0.75 (19)

0.75 (19)

0.69 (17)

0.31 (8)

0.31 (8)

0.25 (6)

_

_

_

3SX03-KL203

3SX03-KL541

3SX03-KL542

16.00

22.00

40.00

OperatorLength

Inches (mm)DescriptionInches (mm)

Min. required return force oz-in.

CatalogNumber

List Price $1 unit

Adjustable rod 5.50 (140) Max.5.50 (140) Max.8.75 (222) Max12 (305) Max.__

Nylon Rod—0.19 (5) Dia.Metal Rod—0.12 (3) Dia.Metal Rod (Square)—0.12 (3) Max.Steel (Formable) Rod—0.12 (3) Dia.Clamp Only—0.19 (5) HoleClamp Only—0.12 (3) Hole

0.400.922.205.00__

3SX03-KL3993SX03-KL2023SX03-KL5813SX03-KL2263SX03-KL353SX03-KL36

22.00

22.00

22.00

22.00

18.00

18.00

Spring rod 11.62 (295) Metal rod 2.80 3SX03-KL421 22.00

Adjustable wire 12.12 (308) max.

Nylon covered wire 1.50 3SX03-KL533 22.00

Adjustable wide roller lever

3.9 (99) 0.75 (19) Dia. Nylatron Roller

0.19 (30) Dia. Rod

4.50 3SX03-KL37 49.00

Wobble head operators

See dimensions page 13/128 Stainless steel rod _ Rod diameter - 0.06 (2) _ 3SX03-KW3 9.00

Applies when lever extended to maximum dimension. Caution—When selecting lever, required return torque should not exceed minimum return force in operating head.

Length from operating shaft axis to the roller axis. Maximum dimensions, precision adjustable to lesser dimensions.

By re-assembling lever minimum can be reduced by 1/2 in.

All dimensions shown in inches and (millimeters). For reference purposes only. Not to be used for design or construction purposes.

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/151, 13/58

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Selection3SE03 North American Limit Switches

Non-safetyModular, plug-in and NEMA type 6P submersible

13/124

06IC13_119-124.qxd 11/29/05 6:58 PM Page 13/124

Page 125: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/125

Non-safetyModular, plug-in and NEMA type 6P submersible

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesWiring

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Wiring diagrams

Typical connector cable (supplied by user)

Single Pole1 NO - 1 NC

Modular, plug-in and prewired cable

Prewired receptacle with pin connector

Double Pole1 NO - 1 NC

Red/Blk 1

Orange 3

Blue 4

Grn/Blk 2

Green

6

3 4

8 92 5

1 7

Gnd

6 Red

7 Black

8 White

5 Wht/Blk

Cable color code1 - White 6 - Pink2 - Black 7 - Yellow3 - Red 8 - Blue4 - Orange 9 - Green5 - Brown

Pre-wired cable

Cable lengthft.

Manufacturers part number

DanielWoodheadBrad Harrison

CooperCrouse-Hinds

Molex(Industrial Interface) Lumberg USA

5 Pin connector cable

3612

105000A01F030105000A01F060105000A01F120

5000111-3_5000111-4_5000111-5_

145411454214544

RK50-77/1MRK50-77/2MRK50-77/4M

9 Pin connector cable

3612

309000A01F030309000A01F060309000A01F120

X8990-3X8990-4X8990-5

___

___

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/153, 13/60

06IC13_125-130.qxd 11/1/05 2:49 PM Page 13/125

Page 126: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/126

Non-safetyModular, plug-in and NEMA type 6P submersible

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesDimensions

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/154, 13/61

06IC13_125-130.qxd 10/31/05 3:46 PM Page 13/126

Page 127: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/127

Non-safetyModular, plug-in and NEMA type 6P submersible

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesDimensions

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/155, 13/62

06IC13_125-130.qxd 10/31/05 3:47 PM Page 13/127

Page 128: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/128

Non-safetyModular, plug-in and NEMA type 6P submersible

3SE03 North American Limit SwitchesDimensions

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

SiemIndus

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/156, 13/63

06IC13_125-130.qxd 10/31/05 3:47 PM Page 13/128

Page 129: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/129

3SE03Metal enclosure

3SE03 North American Enclosed SwitchesSelection

Inc.talog

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio:

Description

Features

• NEMA 1 Enclosed Aluminum Die Cast Housing

• Screw Terminals

• Booted versions for added protection

• 1/2" Conduit Entrance

• NEMA A600, R300 Contacts

• UL Recognized

• CSA Certified

• INO/INC Snap-action contacts (form c)

Application

These switches are designed for accurate repeatability. Their compact size makes them ideal for use in space-restricted areas.

Typical applications include overhead, folding and elevator doors, sliding gates and other automated equipment.

Overall dimensions Specifications CatalogNumber

List Price $ 1 unit

Plunger actuator

OF Max. - 8.82 - 12.3 oz. (250 - 350 g)RF Min. 4.02 oz. (114 g)PT Max. - 0.016 in. (0.4 mm)OT Min. - 0.217 in. (5.5 mm)MD Max. - 0.002 in. (0.05 mm)OP - 1.504 in. (38.2 mm)

3SE03 - EB05 24.00

Booted plunger

OF Max. - 28.22 oz. (800 g)RF Min. 8.46 oz. (240 g)PT Max. - 0.079 in. (2.0 mm)OT Min. - 0.197 in. (5.0 mm)MD Max. - 0.004 in. (0.1 mm)OP - 1.803 in. (45.8 mm)

3SE03 - EB06 28.00

Roller lever

OF Max. - 20.1 oz. (570 g)RF Min. 6.0 oz. (170 g)PT Max. - 0.157 in. (4.0 mm)OT Min. - 0.236 in. (6.0 mm)MD Max. - 0.016 in. (0.4 mm)

3SE03 - EB32 35.00

Booted roller lever

OF Max. - 22.57 oz. (640 g)RF Min. 8.11 oz. (230 g)PT Max. - 0.197 in. (5.0 mm)OT Min. - 0.236 in. (6.0 mm)MD Max. - 0.016 in. (0.4 mm)

3SE03 - EB33 41.00

OF = Operating ForceRF = Return ForcePT = PretravelOT = Operating TravelMD = Movement DifferentialOP = Operating Position

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/157, 13/64

06IC13_125-130.qxd 11/30/05 11:45 PM Page 13/129

Page 130: SIRIUS Safety Systems—Safety Integrated Position Switches

13/130

3SE03Metal enclosure

3SE03 North American Enclosed SwitchesSpecifications

Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: 9/158, 13/65

Discount Code: Limit Switches

Dimension drawings

1) Inductive load has power factor of 0.04 minimum (AC) and a time of 7m/second (DC)

2) Lamp load has an inrush current of 6 times steady-state current.

Overall dimensions Specifications Catalog Number List Price $1 unit

Roller plunger

OF Max. - 9.92 - 12.3 oz. (250 - 350 g)RF Min. 4.02 oz. (114 g)PT Max. - 0.02 in. (0.5 mm)OT Min. - 0.142 in. (3.6 mm)MD Max. - 0.002 in. (0.05 mm)OP - 1.957 in. (49.7 mm)

3SE03 - EB07 35.00

Booted roller plunger

OF Max. - 17.64 oz. (500 g)RF Min. 3.53 oz. (100 g)PT Max. - 0.039 in. (1.0 mm)OT Min. - 0.138 in. (3.5 mm)MD Max. - 0.006 in. (0.12 mm)OP - 1.957 in. (49.7 mm)

3SE03 - EB08 41.00

Technical data

Mechanical Life 3,000,000 operations maximum

Electrical Life 500,000 operations minimum

Operating Speed 0.01 m/second to 1m/second

Cable Entry 1/2" NPT

Temperature Range -15° to 80° (5° to 176°F)

Degree of Protection NEMA 1

Mounting Any Position

NEMA Rating A600, R300

Rated Voltage (V)1)2)Non-Inductive Load (A) Inductive load (A)

Inrush current (A)Resistive load Lamp load Inductive load Motor loadNC-NO NO NC NC-NO NO NC NO NC

125 VAC 15 3 1.5 15 5 2.5

30 maximum 15 maximum

250 VAC 15 2.5 1.25 15 3 1.5

500 VAC 3 1.5 0.75 2.5 1.5 0.75

8 VDC 15 3 1.5 15 5 2.5

14 VDC 15 3 1.5 10 5 2.5

30 VDC 6 (2) 3 1.5 5 5 2.5

125 VDC 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.05 0.05 0.05

250 VDC 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.03 0.03 0.03

06IC13_125-130.qxd 11/30/05 11:45 PM Page 13/130